0536260000 [WEIDMULLER]
The universal foot of the Weidmüller relay modules allow them to be assembled on TS 32, TS 35 x 7.5 and TS 35 x 15 mounting rails in accordance with European standards EN 50 035 and EN 50 022.; 在Weidmüller继电器模块的通用脚下让他们35× 7.5, TS 35 ×15安装导轨符合欧洲标准EN 50 035和EN 50 022装配在TS 32 , TS 。![0536260000](http://pdffile.icpdf.com/pdf2/p00209/img/icpdf/053626_1183128_icpdf.jpg)
型号: | 0536260000 |
厂家: | ![]() |
描述: | The universal foot of the Weidmüller relay modules allow them to be assembled on TS 32, TS 35 x 7.5 and TS 35 x 15 mounting rails in accordance with European standards EN 50 035 and EN 50 022. |
文件: | 总98页 (文件大小:3102K) |
中文: | 中文翻译 | 下载: | 下载PDF数据表文档文件 |
![](http://public.icpdf.com/style/img/ads.jpg)
Relay Coupler
58
Relay Coupler
The universal foot of the Weidmüller relay
modules allow them to be assembled on
TS 32, TS 35 x 7.5 and TS 35 x 15
mounting rails in accordance with
European standards EN 50 035 and
EN 50 022.
Contact material Properties
Application
U/I
Fine silver
- inexpensive
universal use
up to medium-size loads 1 mA…5 A
1 V…250 V
AG 99 %
- average tendency to weld and average
resistance to burn-off
- subject to corrosion in sulphurous atmosphere
- high mechanical stability
Silver nickel
universal use
≥ 12 V
An LED status indicator in the coil of the
relay coupler indicates the relay switching
status.
ꢀ AgNi 0.15
- low tendency to weld
- low contact resistance
at medium-size loads
5 mA…10 A
- high resistance to burn-off
- mechanical stability > AgNi
- tendency to weld < AgNi
- resistance to burn-off > AgNi
- contact resistance > AgNi
- very low tendency to weld
- resistance to burn-off > AgCu3/Ni
Hard silver
AgCu3
for use with medium-size ≥ 12 V
loads
10 mA…10 A
Silver cadmium
oxide
suitable for switching
inductive loads
≥ 12 V
≥ 100 mA
ꢀ AgCdO
Silver-tin-
oxide
- high thermal decomposition temperature
- more arc-resistant with low material transfer
suitable for swiching
inductive loads
≥ 12 V
≥ 100 mA
ꢀ AgSnO2
Tungsten
W
Hard gold
ꢀ AuNi
- very high resistance to burn-off
- high switching rate with short closed times
- < lowest contact resistance
circuits with extremely
high on/off loads
dry circuits in
≥ 60 V
≥ 1 A
µV…60 V
µA…0.2 V
- best resistance to corrosion
damp atmospheres
ꢀ = preferred materials
Types of contact
Contact material
The standard range comprises numerous
types and combinations of contacts.
The all-round capability of Weidmüller relay
modules is achieved by the choice of the
1 NC
1 NO
(EGR EG2, EGR EG7, RS 30) contact material.
(EGR EG2, EGR EG7, DKR,
RS 30)
The contact is responsible for both the
reliable transmission of the control signals
and for switching power contactors.
Weidmüller uses gold-plated or gold-
flashed AgNi contacts for most applica-
tions. Gold-plated contacts permit
1 NC and 1 NO
(EGR EG2, WRS)
2 NO
3 NO
(WRS)
(WRS)
1 Changeover
(EGR EG2, EGR/RST EG7,
the switching of the low-power applica-
tions up to 40 µW with a gold-plating
WRS DKR PRS/PRZ MCZ R, thicker than 2 µm. For switching higher
RS 30, RS 31)
2 Changeover
ratings we use AgSnO2 or AgCdO con-
tacts (RS 31).
(EGR EG2, WRS, RS 32,
PRS/PRZ)
4/8/16 Changeover
(RSM)
59
Relay Coupler
Protective circuits of the contacts
Switching of small and large power
ratings
Derating curves
Switching sparks may occur when switch-
ing inductive or capacitive loads that affect For automation technology, Weidmüller
the operational life of the relay.
The following protective circuits offer the
possibility of reducing contact wear:
The contact resistance is largely responsi-
ble for heat development within the relay.
This link is demonstrated by a derating
offers the EGR EGR 7 relay coupler to
switch ratings up to 40 µW under resistive curve as a function of the permissible cur-
loads. This allows signals to be reliably
relayed to control devices.
The switching of higher power ratings in
power supply technology is achieved by
the RS 31 relay coupler, which guarantees
switching capacity up to 3.5 kVA under
resistive loads.
rent subject to the ambient temperature.
We determine the current (curve a) for the
following operating conditions:
- continuous operation
Diode:
–
+
- rated input voltage + 10 %
US
- several relay modules operating under
load, mounted horizontally in a row
without spacing on mounting rail
Last
UD
Load
Switching times of the relay modules
1
2
t
A higher load is applicable when modules
are mounted with a gap of 20 mm as
shown in curve "b". In addition, the func-
tion of curve "b" shows the max. values
for a switching or short-time operation
when assembled horizontally on the
mounting rail.
pick-up delay
drop-out delay
typ. < 10 ms
typ. < 12 ms
Advantage:
can be used for all ratings, low
overvoltage, minimum space require-
ments, economic
Disadvantage: very long drop-out delay
Switching behaviour/load limit curve
Diode and Z-diode:
(dependimg on type)
Single contact
–
+
US
Last
UZD
Load
1
2
t
Advantage:
low overvoltage (determined by Z-
diode), low drop-out delay
Disadvantage: not usable for high power ratings
Switching capacity (kVA)
RC combination:
Contact life
with resistive load
–
+
US
(~)
(~)
Notes for usage
R
C
Last
Load
URC
The characteristic data of the actuation
are to be meticulously observed when
using UC variants in DC circuitry. UC vari-
ants have a higher current input at the
moment of switching due to their series
circuitry. The internal current limiter of
commercially available initiators can result
in the operated relay coupler not being
switched through.
1
2
t
Advantage:
low overvoltage, low drop-out delay
Disadvantage: higher current loading on contacts at
switch-on, complex and expensive for
increased power rating
Direct Voltage (V)
DC-limit
with resistive load
Varistor:
–
+
US
(~)
(~)
RC combination
Last
Load
VDR
UVDR
Long supply cables are particularly open
to electrical and electro-mechanical influ-
ences. These can lead to disturbances of
the function or even failure of the relay
module. A remedy for this problem is an
RC combination in series that filters out
unwanted disturbances. RC combinations
are available for all customary relay cou-
plers: pluggable (PLUGSERIES) or as ter-
minal block (WDU 12C and DKU 12C).
1
2
t
Advantage:
low drop-out delay, economic
Disadvantage: not for all operating voltages and
power ratings
Power factor
US
1
2
Voltage curve
Close
Open
Reduction factor
with inductive load cos j < 1
Switching no. eff.
= switching no (at cos j = 1) x red. Factor F
Relay couplers with plugged relays
Relay couplers with plugged relays are
only conditionally suitable for use in appli-
cations subject to heavy vibrations. Relay
couplers with soldered relays are to be
preferred.
60
Definition of Technical Data
Protective separation
Input circuit
Input voltage [V]
Reference voltage at which the relay coupler operates.
Typical reference voltages:
=> 5 V DC, 12, 24, 48, 60, 115, 230 V AC/DC
Quotient resulting from input voltage and input resistance.
Input resistance
=> coil resistance + resistance of drive (R, LED, rect. …)
Input voltage x input current AC/DC
with tolerance of +/- 10% or +5/-15%
Typical range for relay coupler:
250 mW > Pv > 1 W 0.4 VA > Pv > 1.2 VA
Smallest input voltage that relay coupler requires
in order to respond
All equipment required to guarantee "pro-
tective separation" must be constructed in
such a way that, for example, a mechani-
cal defect cannot reduce the level of insu-
lation. In the case of a relay, this means
that if a mechanical defect occurs (bent
solder pin, break in winding conductor or
broken spring), "protective separation"
must be guaranteed.
Relays are specified and tested according
to IEC 255 and VDE 0435. Neither stan-
dard contains any reference to
EN 50 178 (Equipping power installations
with electronic equipment) nor is "protec-
tive separation" defined. To compound
matters the test voltages quoted for the
Input current [mA]
Rated power consumption [W/VA]
Pull-in voltage [V]
(Tamb = 293 K)
Pick-up current [mA]
Smallest input current required to switch relay
from inoperative to operating position
(Tamb = 293 K)
Product of pull-in voltage and pick-up current
Voltage level at which relay has definitely released
Input current level at which relay has definitely released
Pull-in power [W/VA]
Drop-out voltage [V]
relays are based on different measurement Self reset current [mA]
conditions. The test voltages cannot be
Output circuit
Output voltage [V]
Switching current [A]
applied to EN 50 178 or DIN VDE 0106
Part 101. As more and more users employ
only equipment that guarantees "protec-
tive separation", a lot of manufacturers of
relays refer to DIN VDE 0106 and test their
products accordingly. Consequently, the
quoted values correspond to the require-
ments for "protective separation".
Max. voltage that can be applied to relay contact
Current that can flow for max. of 4 sec.
after relay contact has closed
Current that flows continuously after contact has closed
Product of output voltage and switching current
with resistive, inductive and capacitive load
Smallest amount of power that can be
switched via contact
Continuous current [A]
Switching power [W/VA]
Min. switching power [mW]
Service life
Number of switching operations before contact fails
- mechanical => with no electric load
Standards
The following standards are fulfilled:
EN 50 178
Equipping power installations with elec-
tronic equipment
DIN VDE 0106 Part 101
- electrical => with resistive or inductive AC/DC load
Length of time from application of energizing voltage
until contact closes/opens
Length of time from breaking the energizing circuit
until contact closes/opens
Length of time between first and last closing/opening
of contact when relay picks up or drops out
Switching operations per sec.
Pick-up lag [ms]
Drop-out lag [ms]
Contact bounce time [ms]
Switching frequency [Hz]
Withstand voltage [kV]
Reliable separation
Electric arc
Protection against flow of dangerous cur-
rents through the human body; basic
requirements for protective separation
within electrical equipment.
with a duty factor of 1 : 2 (ton = toff
)
Max. test voltage between input and output circuits
which does not cause any discharge
Feature of relay coupler that conform
to VDE 0160 and VDE 0106 Part 101
Current flow between contact surfaces
as they open, caused by ionization
Switching inductive loads leads to considerable
changes in the composition of the materials used.
The results are:
DIN VDE 0109
Insulation co-ordination within low-voltage
system including clearance and creepage
distances for assembled PCBs.
DIN VDE 0435
Contact wear
Electrical relays, all-or-nothing relays
=> formation of pits or peaks on the surface of contacts
=> failure due to interlocking of contacts
Limitation of transient overvoltages by connecting
supplementary circuit across inductive loads
=> RC combinations
=> Z-diodes/suppressor diodes
=> varistors
Factor by which service life is reduced
when switching inductive loads
Spark absorption
Reduction factor
61
Types of Housings for Relay Coupler
Component housing EG
Component housing WAVEBOX
Modular system
PLUGSERIES/PLUGRELAY
Weidmüller coupling modules are enclosed It is important to provide modern electron-
in housings appropriate for industrial appli- ics components with housings suitable for
cations. The housings are suitable for fit-
ting onto mounting rails TS 32, TS 35 x
7.5 or TS 35 x 15 in accordance with
European standards EN 50 035 and EN
50 022.
is a new generation of pluggable relay
couplers. The core of this system is an
innovative relay socket PXS or PXZ.
Weidmüller has combined the functionality
and experience from its relay and terminal
block business in this product.
the function. Setting and operating func-
tions must be guaranteed; technical
requirements with respect to heat dissipa-
tion and EMC properties are to be sup-
ported.
The PLUGRELAY is the ideal connection
technology between the relay and the
application.
An ideal design saves space and wiring
costs in the switchgear cabinet. In addi-
tion, ergonomics and design are becoming
increasingly important for high-quality relay
coupler interfaces.
The WAVEBOX fulfils these criteria and is
further distinguished by the following:
ꢀ Optimal width for any application
(12.5 mm, 17.5 mm, 22.5 mm)
ꢀ Large component assembly surface;
SMDs mountable on solder side
ꢀ No tools required for assembly
ꢀ Pluggable PCBs
ꢀ Pluggable cross-connection
via ZQV 2.5 N
ꢀ Hinged, transparent cover
ꢀ Screw/plug and socket connector
BLZ 5.08
Weidmüller component housings EG 1
and EG 2 are 18 mm wide.
The fully enclosed EG housings are
equipped with clamping yoke screw con-
nections or push-on connections to con-
nect conductors. Conductors with the fol-
Modular system principle
The PLUGSERIES is particularly service
friendly.
Commercially available relays are plugged;
retainer and release clips ensure stability,
LED indicators with free-wheeling diodes
can be easily plugged.
lowing cross-sections can be connected:
2
solid core:
flexible:
0.5...4 mm or
2
0.5...2.5 mm .
The component housing EG 7 has a spe-
cial status. It has been specifically
designed to accommodate 10-mm slim
relays and optocouplers.
EG 7 relay couplers can be optionally
mounted onto TS 32 or TS 35 rails.
ꢀ Relays can be easily plugged
- suitable for small electric circuits
standard design and BGD
ꢀ Independent connection technology:
The RST EG 7 locking socket is also avail-
able for use with the pluggable relays cou-
plers.
screw or tension clamp rated
2
cross-section 0.5...2.5 mm
ꢀ Optional tension clamp/plug and socket
connector BLFZ 5.08
ꢀ Marking option with WS tags
ꢀ Mount onto TS 35
Connection systems
ꢀ Robust design of retainer / release clip
The enclosed EG 7 housing are equipped
with clamping yoke screw connections.
The following conductor cross-sections
can be connected:
ꢀ One or two changeover contacts Max.
current switched 16 A
BLZ screw/plug-in connectors and BLZF
tension clamp/plug-in systems for flexible
ꢀ Low wiring costs thanks to ZQV 25N
cross-connectors (pluggable)
2
NO/NC: 0.5...1.5 mm
2
2
conductors up to 2.5 mm , to guarantee
Changeover (RST): 0.5...2.5 mm .
ꢀ Service-friendly modular system
- relay socket, LED indicators,
retainer clips and relays
- mount onto TS 35
- marking options with WS markers
on retainer clips
maximum wiring flexibility.
Removing printed circuit boards
Accomplished by depressing the locking
clips at the side of the headpiece, and
withdrawing the terminal level and PCB
from the housing. This is not permitted
when the supply is connected.
Cross-connection
ꢀ Pluggable LED indicator with
free-wheeling diode
The ZQV 2.5 N/2 cross-connector can
connect housings of the same family at
the base of the housing. The cross-con-
nection can be loaded with a current of up
to 8 A. This allows the supply voltage to
be cross-connected from one electronics
module to another.
The voltage at the cross-connection must
not exceed 50 V.
Ventilation vents
Ventilation vents, arranged at an angle,
temper and ventilate the lower side of the
housings.
62
Types of Housings for Relay Coupler
Weidmüller RS locking socket
Minicoupler DK
MICROSERIES
Locking sockets with relays RS 30, 31,
32 are either 11.2 mm or 25 mm wide
depending on version. The open profile
makes the use of pluggable relays
possible.
Modules mounted onto the locking sock-
ets are provided with clamping yoke screw
connections or push-on connectors for
wiring conductors.
All DKR mini coupler components fulfil
demands for slimmest possible design.
The sensational width of only 6 mm is
The relay coupler and optocoupler variants
from the MICROSERIES are used in
applications in industrial automation to
achieved by using state-of-the-art surface isolate and couple digital input and output
mountable components SMDs. 4 and 5
screw-connections are offered for 0.5...4
signals. Their compact design means that
they are particularly suitable for use on
sub-distribution boards as well as in
switchgear cabinets where they help the
user to make optimum use of valuable
2
mm conductor cross-sections. The mini
couplers offer a wide spectrum for cou-
pling digital sensor/actuator signals
between automation devices and the field switching space. With its compact design,
Conductors with the following cross-sec-
tions can be connected:
process. DKR relay couplers can receive
and standardise signals with varying volt-
ages from the field.
the MICROSERIES elegantly combines
the functionality of the classic coupling
level and the terminal level.
2
solid core: 0.5...4 mm
2
flexible:
0.5...2.5 mm .
ꢀ 6.1-mm mounting width
Locking sockets with multiple
interfaces
Miniconditioner MCZ
ꢀ Pluggable cross-connections of four
potentials in the inputs and outputs
The 6-mm MCZ housing is one of the
slimmest of its kind. It has the following
distinguishing features:
- Z-spring reduces mounting costs
- integrated cross-connection options in
the input and outputs minimise wiring
costs
RSM multiple interfaces can be optionally
assembled with 4, 8 or 16 relays.
To save wiring costs on the input side,
variants are offered with joint positive and
negative potentials.
ꢀ Proven cross-connection
system ZQV 4 N
ꢀ Wide input voltage
spectrum from 5 ... 230 V
The PCB connectors are provided with
clamping yoke screw connections for con-
ductors with the following cross-sections:
ꢀ LED-indicator reverse-connect
protection free-wheeling diode
MCZR miniconditioner (relay coupler) are
available with 4 or 5 Z-spring connections.
The clampable conductor cross-section is
2
solid core: 0.5...4 mm or
ꢀ Housing material: WEMID
Flammability class: V0 in accordance
with UL 94
2
2
flexible:
0.5...2.5 mm .
0.5...1.5 mm .
Some versions of the RSM coupler have
a male connector block available for
connecting pre-assembled cables on
the input side in accordance with
IEC 603-1/DIN 41 651.
ꢀ Innovative retaining and release system
ꢀ Marking surfaces for fitting standard WS
12/6 markers
CE-marking
Weidmüller relay couplers are marked with
the CE symbol and comply with the
requirements of EN 50 081 Part 1 and EN
50 082 Part 2. They can therefore be used
for both industrial as well as for applica-
tions in residential, commercial and light
industry.
Appropriate ESD measures should be
taken during installation. If supply cables
are particularly long, overvoltage protec-
tion should be provided to prevent interfer-
ence from electrical disturbance in the
atmosphere.
63
Relay Coupler
Electromechanical switching
Output
24 V
2 x
3 x
2 x
4 x
8 x
16 x
Housing
EG
ꢀ0133660000 ꢀ0133560000
ꢀ0160260000
Page 73
Page 72
Page 72
ꢀ0536260000 ꢀ0542660000
ꢀ0123060000
Page 73
Page 72
Page 72
ꢀ8275350000 ꢀ8418240000 ꢀ8418270000 ꢀ8418330000 ꢀ8418300000
WAVESERIES
WRS
ꢀ8286280000 ꢀ8418250000 ꢀ8418280000 Page 79
ꢀ8418310000
ꢀ8418320000
Page 78
ꢀ8416210000 Page 76
ꢀ8418220000
Page 77
ꢀ8418230000
Page 74
ꢀ8216520000 ꢀ8216530000 ꢀ8216570000
ꢀ8147120000 ꢀ8147140000 ꢀ8216560000
ꢀ8092340000 ꢀ8092350000 ꢀ8216580000
EG 7*
Page 80
Page 80
Page 80
ꢀ8530621001
ꢀ8530691001
ꢀ8536530000
ꢀ8536650000
Page 82
ꢀ8530631001
ꢀ8530701001
ꢀ8536560000
ꢀ8536680000
Page 82
PLUGSERIES
PRS / PRZ
ꢀ1101661001 ꢀ1100961001 ꢀ1181511001
ꢀ1101611001 ꢀ1100911001 ꢀ1181521001
ꢀ1101621001 ꢀ1100921001 ꢀ1100260000
ꢀ1101761001 ꢀ1101061001 ꢀ1100210000
ꢀ1101711001 ꢀ1101011001 ꢀ1100220000
ꢀ1101721001 ꢀ1101021001 ꢀ1100360000
RS 30
Page 91
Page 91
Page 91
ꢀ1128361001
ꢀ1128331001
ꢀ1128311001
Page 92
RS 31
ꢀ9406121001
ꢀ9406221001
Page 94
RS 32
RSM
ꢀ1173461001 ꢀ1113161001 ꢀ1113261001
ꢀ1113361001 ꢀ1100061001 ꢀ1100161001
ꢀ1113461001 ꢀ1113561001 ꢀ1113761001
ꢀ1112361001 ꢀ1113661001 ꢀ8018221001
ꢀ1112761001 ꢀ1107761001 ꢀ1107861001
Page 97
ꢀ1112661001 ꢀ1113861001
ꢀ1173561001 ꢀ1113061001
Page 97
ꢀ1173661001
Page 97
ꢀ8016620000
ꢀ8008110000
Page 70
ꢀ8016610000
ꢀ8008170000
Page 70
DKR 32
DKR 35
ꢀ8181980000
ꢀ8181970000
Page 71
ꢀ8215620000
Page 71
ꢀ9454910000
Page 71
ꢀ8365980000
ꢀ8442960000
ꢀ8390590000
Page 68
DKR 35/32
MCZ R
ꢀ8533640000
ꢀ8533660000
ꢀ8556050000
ꢀ8556120000
Page 87
MICROSERIES
MRS / MRZ
* Approval by Germanischer Lloyd
ꢀ 24 V dc
ꢀ 24 Vuc/ac
Reliable
separation
64
Relay Coupler
Electromechanical switching
Output
48 V
2 x
3 x
2 x
4 x
8 x
16 x
Housing
EG
ꢀ0662660000 ꢀ0662460000
ꢀ0160360000
ꢀ0123260000
Page 73
Page 72
Page 72
ꢀ8286280000 ꢀ8418250000 ꢀ8418280000
ꢀ8418310000
WAVESERIES
WRS
Page 74
Page 76
Page 77
Page 78
ꢀ8092370000 ꢀ8092380000 ꢀ8216590000
EG 7*
Page 81
Page 81
Page 81
ꢀ1101861001 ꢀ1101161001 ꢀ1100460000
ꢀ1101811001 ꢀ1101111001 ꢀ1100410000
ꢀ1101821001 ꢀ1101121001 ꢀ1100420000
ꢀ1101961001 ꢀ1101261001 ꢀ1100560000
ꢀ1101911001 ꢀ1101211001 Page 91
ꢀ1101921001 ꢀ1101221001
RS 30
Page 91
Page 91
ꢀ1150761001
RS 31
RS 32
Page 92
ꢀ9406321001
Page 94
ꢀ9406421001
ꢀ1122661001
Page 95
ꢀ1114061001 ꢀ1114161001 ꢀ1114361001
ꢀ1113961001 ꢀ1114261001 ꢀ1114461001
RSM
ꢀ1112461001 Page 97
ꢀ1173761001
Page 97
Page 97
ꢀ8556040000
ꢀ8556110000
Page 87
MICROSERIES
MRS / MRZ
115 V
ꢀ0141360000
ꢀ0160460000
Page 73
EG
ꢀ8418220000 ꢀ8418260000 ꢀ8418290000
WAVESERIES
WRS
Page 75
Page 76
Page 77
ꢀ8092430000 ꢀ8092440000 ꢀ8216610000
EG 7*
Page 81
Page 81
Page 81
ꢀ8536510000
ꢀ8536610000
ꢀ8530640000
ꢀ8530790000
Page 82
ꢀ8536520000
ꢀ8536630000
ꢀ8530660000
ꢀ8530720000
Page 82
PLUGSERIES
PRS / PRZ
ꢀ1155161001 ꢀ1155211001
ꢀ1155111001 ꢀ1155261001
ꢀ1155121001 ꢀ1155221001
ꢀ1102161001 ꢀ1101461001
ꢀ1102111001 ꢀ1101411001
ꢀ1102121001 ꢀ1101421001
RS 30
Page 91
Page 91
ꢀ1150361001
ꢀ1150461001
Page 92
RS 31
RS 32
ꢀ1122761001
ꢀ9406621001
Page 95
ꢀ1114561001 ꢀ1114661001 ꢀ1114761001
RSM
Page 97
Page 97
Page 97
ꢀ8420880000
ꢀ8467470000
Page 61
MCZ R
ꢀ8556030000
ꢀ8556100000
Page 87
MICROSERIES
MRS / MRZ
* Approval by Germanischer Lloyd
ꢀ Vdc
ꢀ Vuc/ac
Reliable
separation
65
Relay Coupler
Electromechanical switching
Output
230V
2 x
3 x
2 x
4 x
8 x
16 x
Housing
EG
ꢀ0543860000 ꢀ0543660000
ꢀ0142460000
Page 72
Page 72
Page 73
ꢀ8418230000 ꢀ8418260000 ꢀ8418290000 ꢀ8418340000 ꢀ8418320000
WAVESERIES
WRS
Page 75
Page 76
Page 77
Page 79
Page 78
ꢀ8092460000 ꢀ8092470000 ꢀ8216620000
EG 7*
ꢀ8178200000 Page 81
ꢀ8216630000
Page 81
Page 81
ꢀ8530671001
ꢀ8530731001
Page 82
ꢀ8530681001
ꢀ8530741001
Page 82
PLUGSERIES
PRS / PRZ
ꢀ1102261001 ꢀ1101561001 ꢀ1100860000
ꢀ1102211001 ꢀ1101511001 Page 91
ꢀ1102221001 ꢀ1101521001
RS 30
Page 91
Page 91
ꢀ1128461001
ꢀ1128431001
ꢀ1128411001
Page 93
RS 31
ꢀ9406721001
ꢀ1122761001
Page 95
RS 32
RSM
ꢀ1114861001 ꢀ1114961001 ꢀ1115061001
ꢀ1123461001 ꢀ1108061001 ꢀ1108261001
Page 97
Page 97
Page 97
ꢀ8237710000
Page 69
MCZ R
ꢀ8556020000
ꢀ8556090000
Page 87
MICROSERIES
MRS / MRZ
240 V
ꢀ1128561001 ꢀ1128661001
ꢀ1128511001 ꢀ1128611001
ꢀ1128521001 ꢀ1128621001
RS 30
Page 91
Page 91
* Approval by Germanischer Lloyd
Reliable
separation
ꢀ 230 Vuc/ac
66
Relay Coupler
Electromechanical switching
Output
12 V
2 x
3 x
2 x
4 x
8 x
16 x
Housing
EG
ꢀ0160160000
Page 73
ꢀ8418240000 ꢀ8418270000
ꢀ8418300000
WAVESERIES
WRS
Page 76
Page 77
Page 78
ꢀ8092310000 ꢀ8092320000 ꢀ8216550000
EG 7*
Page 80
Page 80
Page 80
ꢀ8536471001
ꢀ8536571001
Page 82
ꢀ8536501001
ꢀ8536591001
Page 82
PLUGSERIES
PRS / PRZ
ꢀ1129421001 ꢀ1129521001 ꢀ1129660000
RS 30
RS 32
DKR 35
Page 91
Page 91
Page 91
ꢀ9406021001
Page 94
ꢀ8171100000
Page 70
ꢀ8556070000
ꢀ8556140000
Page 86
MICROSERIES
MRS / MRZ
Output
4…60 V
2 x
3 x
2 x
4 x
8 x
16 x
Housing
ꢀ8275320000
Page 74
WAVESERIES
WRS 2, 4…24 V
ꢀ8418210000
WAVESERIES
WRS 60 V
Page 74
ꢀ8092400000 ꢀ8092410000 ꢀ8216600000
EG 7*, 60 V
Page 81
Page 81
Page 81
ꢀ1102061001
ꢀ1102011001
ꢀ1102021001
Page 91
ꢀ1100660000
ꢀ1100610000
ꢀ1100620000
Page 91
ꢀ9406521001
RS 30, 60 V
Page 94
ꢀ8019600000
DKR 32, 5 V
DKR 35, 5 V
MCZ R, 60 V
Page 70
ꢀ8019610000
Page 70
ꢀ8470380000
Page 68
ꢀ8556080000
ꢀ8556150000
Page 86
MICROSERIES
MRS / MRZ, 5 V
ꢀ8556060000
ꢀ8556130000
Page 87
MICROSERIES
MRS / MRZ, 60 V
* Approval by Germanischer Lloyd
ꢀ Vdc
ꢀ Vuc/ac
Reliable
separation
67
Relay Couplers in Component Housings
Miniconditioners MCZ R
MCZ R 24 Vdc
MCZ R 24 Vdc/Au MCZ R 24 Vac/dc MCZ R 60 Vdc
Limit diagram
Derating curve
rowed without clearances on the mounting rail
rowed with 20 mm spacing on the mounting rail
U/Vdc
300
I /A
L
6
5
4
3
2
1
prohibited area
200
100
25
1
2
3
4
5
6
I /Adc
L
20
25
30 35
40
45
50
°C
Schematic circuit diagram
This module can be used as a universal inter-
face between the controller and actuator for
switching medium-sized loads.
ꢀ Reduces installation and commissioning
times by use of the proven Z-spring connec-
tion technology
ꢀ Pluggable cross-connections in input and
output minimise wiring costs
ꢀ 6-mm width
Ordering data
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
for TS 35
MCZ R 24 Vdc 8365980000
MCZ R 24 Vdc/Au 8442960000
MCZ R 24 Vac/dc 8390590000
MCZ R 60 Vdc 8470380000
Technical data
Input
Input voltage
24 Vdc 20 % (19.2...28.8 V)
6.3 mA 10 % (5.7...6.9 mA)
24 Vdc 20 % (19.2...28.8 V)
6.3 mA 10 % (5.7...6.9 mA)
24 Vac/dc 10% (21.6...26.4 V) 60 Vdc 20% (48...72 V)
Input current at U
ac:10.8 mA 15% (9.2…12.4 mA)
dc: 6.1 mA 15% (5.2...7.1 mA)
ac: 160 mVA 10 %
dc: 151 mW 10 %
ac: ca. 17 V / dc: ca. 19 V
ac: ca. 7 V / dc: ca. 4 V
5 ms
3 mA 20 % (12.4...3.6 mA)
N
Max. input power
156 mW 10%
156 mW 10%
180 mW 45 %
Making threshold
Cut-out threshold
12 V...19 V
12 V...19 V
ca. 38 V
4 V...5.5 V
4 V...5.5 V
ca. 14 V
Reaction time at U (typ.)
4.5 ms
4.5 ms
4.5 ms
N
Release at U (typ.)
N
10 ms
10 ms
30 ms
10 ms
Capacity working resistance to reduction at dissipated energy
Functionality
no
no
no
no
operating indication
reverse polarity protect. diode
free wheel diode
2, 3, 4
operating indication
reverse polarity protect. diode
free wheel diode
2, 3, 4
operating indication
bridge rectifier
operating indication
reverse polarity protect. diode
free wheel diode
2, 3, 4
Cross-connection on pin
Output
2, 3, 4
1 changeo. cont. (AgSnO )
2
1 changeo. cont. (5 µ Au)
max. 300 Vdc / 400 Vac
1 changeo. cont. (AgSnO )
2
1 changeo. cont. (AgSnO )
2
Switching voltage
max. 300 Vdc / 400 Vac
max. 6 A / max. 1500 VA
100 mA (at U = 10 V)
max. 6 A
max. 300 Vdc / 400 Vac
max. 6 A / max. 1500 VA
100 mA (at U = 10 V)
max. 6 A
max. 300 Vdc / 400 Vac
max. 6 A / max. 1500 VA
100 mA (at U = 10 V)
max. 6 A
ac: continuous current/switching power (see derating diagram)
Min. switching current
max. 6 A* / max. 1500 VA
1
)
0.1 mA
Switch-on current
max. 6 A*
dc: Continuous current/switching power
Mechanical service life
see limit diagram
see limit diagram
see limit diagram
see limit diagram
6
6
6
6
20 x 10 switching operations
20 x 10 switching operations
20 x 10 switching operations
20 x 10 switching operations
Max. switching frequency at nominal load
Insulation coordination acc. to EN 50178
Rated voltage
0.1 Hz
0.1 Hz
0.1 Hz
0.1 Hz
300 V
300 V
300 V
300 V
Rated impulse voltage
4 kV
4 kV
4 kV
4 kV
Overvoltage category
III
III
III
III
Pollution severity
2
2
2
2
Clearances and creepage distances
Insulation coord.- and voltage proof, input/output mounting rail
Ambient temperature
≥ 5.5 mm
≥ 5.5 mm
≥ 5.5 mm
≥ 5.5 mm
4 kV / 1 min
eff
4 kV / 1 min
eff
4 kV / 1 min
eff
4 kV / 1 min
eff
-25 °C…+50 °C
-40 °C...+60 °C
AWG 22...12
-25 °C…+50 °C
-40 °C...+60 °C
AWG 22...12
-25 °C…+50 °C
-40 °C...+60 °C
AWG 22...12
-25 °C…+50 °C
-40 °C...+60 °C
AWG 22...12
Storage temperature
Conductor
2
2
2
2
Conductor cross-section
Approvals
1.5 mm
1.5 mm
1.5 mm
1.5 mm
CE, UL, CSA, GL
6 mm
CE, UL, CSA, GL
6 mm
CE, UL, CSA, GL
6 mm
CE, UL, CSA
6 mm
Overall width
Accessories
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
End plate
AP MCZ 1.5
Page 305
8389030000
AP MCZ 1.5
Page 305
8389030000
AP MCZ 1.5
Page 305
8389030000
AP MCZ 1.5
Page 305
8389030000
Further accessories, dimensions and connection data see
1
) depends on load conditions
68
*
the hard-gold plating is resistant for parameters 36 Vdc,
6
50 mA with 10 cycles
Relay Couplers in Component Housings
MCZ R 110 Vdc
MCZ R 120 Vac
MCZ R 230 Vac
Limit diagram
Derating curve
rowed without clearances on the mounting rail
rowed with 20 mm spacing
U/Vdc
300
I /A
L
6
5
4
3
2
1
prohibited area
200
100
25
1
2
3
4
5
6
I /Adc
L
20
25
30 35
40
45
50
°C
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
MCZ R 110 Vdc 8467470000
MCZ R 120 Vac 8420880000
MCZ R 230 Vac 8237710000
110 Vdc 10%
2.85 mA 25%
120 Vac -15 %/+10 %
7 mA 15 %
230 Vac 10%
9.5 mA 15 % (8...11mA)
340 mW 25%
0.85 VA 15 %
( 380 mW 15 %)
ca. 70 V / 4 mA
ca. 22 V / 1.3 mA
8 ms
2.1 VA 15 %
ca. 68 V / 1.6 mA
ca. 19 V / 0.4 mA
4.5 ms
ca. 115 V / 5 mA
ca. 60 V / 2.5 mA
8 ms
10 ms
30 ms
30 ms
no
yes
no
operating indication
bridge rectifier
operating indication
bridge rectifier
operating indication
bridge rectifier
2, 3, 4
2.3, 4
2.3, 4
1 changeo. cont. (AgSnO )
2
1 changeo. cont. (AgSnO )
2
1 changeo. cont. (AgSnO )
2
max. 300 Vdc / 400 Vac
max. 6 A / max. 1500 VA
100 mA (at U = 10 V)
max. 6 A
max. 300 Vdc / 400 Vac
max. 6 mA / max. 1500 VA
100 mA (at U = 10 V)
max. 6 A
max. 300 Vdc / 400 Vac
max. 6 A / max. 1500 VA
100 mA (at U = 10 V)
max. 6 A
see limit diagram
see limit diagram
see limit diagram
6
6
6
20 x 10 switching operations
20 x 10 switching operations
20 x 10 switching operations
0.1 Hz
0.1 Hz
0.1 Hz
300 V
300 V
300 V
4 kV
4 kV
4 kV
III
III
III
2
2
2
≥ 5.5 mm
≥ 5.5 mm
≥ 5.5 mm
4 kV / 1 min
eff
4 kV / 1 min
eff
4 kV / 1 min
eff
-25 °C…+50 °C
-40 °C...+60 °C
AWG 22...12
-25 °C…+50 °C
-40 °C...+60 °C
AWG 22...12
-25 °C…+50 °C
-40 °C...+60 °C
AWG 22...12
2
2
2
1.5 mm
1.5 mm
1.5 mm
CE, UL, CSA
6 mm
CE, UL, CSA
6 mm
CE, UL, CSA
6 mm
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
AP MCZ 1.5
Page 305
8389030000
AP MCZ 1.5
Page 305
8389030000
AP MCZ 1.5
Page 305
8389030000
69
Relay Couplers in Component Housings Mini coupler DKR
These modules are used for
protective separation of input
signals and adjustment of sig-
nal levels
DKR 5 Vdc
DKR 12 Vdc
DKR 24 Vac/dc
DKR 24 Vdc
ꢀ Cost-effective solution for
adjustment of power and
potential
ꢀ Low input power
ꢀ Screw connection technology
ꢀ 6-mm width
Schematic circuit diagram
Ordering data
for TS 32
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
8171100000
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Y
W
DKR 5 Vdc
DKR 5 Vdc
8019600000
8019610000
DKR 24 Vac/dc 8008110000
DKR 24 Vac/dc 8016610000
DKR 24 Vdc
DKR 24 Vdc
8016620000
8008170000
for TS 35
DKR 12 Vdc
With combination foot TS 32/TS 35
Technical data
Input voltage
Input: bottom
5 Vdc 5 %
12.5 mA
Input: bottom
12 Vdc 10 %
12 mA
Input: bottom
Input: bottom
24 Vdc 20 %
9.3 mA
24 Vac/dc 20 %
11.5 mAac/9 mAdc
Input current
Input current, limited = SPS able
Input power
65 mW
144 mW
300 mVA/220 mW
225 mW
Pick-up lag
typ. 0.7…2.5 ms
typ. 0.2…2.0 ms
typ. 0.7…2.5 ms
typ. 0.2…2.0 ms
0.6…4.5 ms ac/0.9…1.3 ms dc typ. 0.7…2.5 ms
Turn off delay
12.7…25 ms ac/14.4…16.4 ms dc
typ. 0.2…2.0 ms
Max. switch-on current
Max. switching capacity
Max. output voltage
Max. output current
Min. output current
Max. switching frequency
Contact material
500 mA
10 W/10 VA
100 V
500 mA
10 W/10 VA
175 V
500 mA
10 W/10 VA
170 V
500 mA
10 W/10 VA
100 V
500 mA
500 mA
500 mA
500 mA
200 Hz
RH/RU
25 Hz
5 Hz
20 Hz
RH/RU
RH/RU
RH/RU
Contacts
1 normally-open contact
1 normally-open contact
1 normally-open contact
1 normally-open contact
9
9
9
9
Service life
mechanical
at l = 10 mA
10 switching operations
10 switching operations
10 switching operations
10 switching operations
8
8
8
8
5x10 switching operations
5x10 switching operations
5x10 switching operations
5x10 switching operations
L
Insulation coordination acc. to EN 50178
Rated voltage
150 V
1.5 kV
III
150 V
1.5 kV
III
150 V
1.5 kV
III
150 V
1.5 kV
III
Rated impulse voltage
Overvoltage category
Pollution severity
2
2
2
2
Clearances and creepage distances
≥3 mm
≥3 mm
≥3 mm
≥3 mm
Operating temperature
without clearance
with clearance
-25 °C…+40 °C
-25 °C…+50 °C
-40 °C…+60 °C
AWG 22…12
-25 °C…+40 °C
-25 °C…+50 °C
-40 °C…+60 °C
AWG 22…12
-25 °C…+40 °C
-25 °C…+50 °C
-40 °C…+60 °C
AWG 22…12
-25 °C…+40 °C
-25 °C…+50 °C
-40 °C…+60 °C
AWG 22…12
Storage temperature
Conductor
2
2
2
2
Conductor cross-section
Overall width
0.5…4 mm
0.5…4 mm
0.5…4 mm
0.5…4 mm
6 mm
6 mm
6 mm
6 mm
Accessories
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
End plate
AP DKT4
Page 305
0687560000
AP DKT4
Page 305
0687560000
AP DKT4
Page 305
0687560000
AP DKT4
Page 305
0687560000
Further accessories, dimensions and connection data see
70
Relay Couplers in Component Housings Mini coupler DKR
DKR 24 Vac/dc
DK5R-1U
DKR 24 Vdc
DKR 24 Vac/dc
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
8181980000
Type
Cat. No.
DKR 24 Vdc
8215620000
DKR 24 Vdc
DKR 24 Vac/dc 8181970000
DK5R-1U
9454910000
Input: top
24 Vdc 20 %
9.3 mA
Input: bottom
24 Vac/dc 20 %
9 mAac/7 mAdc
max. 240 mA
Input: bottom
24 Vdc 20 %
11.5 mA
Input: bottom
24 Vac/dc 20 %
20 mAac/16 mAdc
max. 100 mA
225 mW
384 mW
480 mWac/400 mWdc
typ. 0.7…2.5 ms
typ. 0.2…2.0 ms
6 ms
15 ms ac/dc
500 mA
4 A
5 A
5 A
10 W/10 VA
175 Vac/dc
500 mA
1.5 kVA/140 W
250 Vac/dc
6 A
2 kVA/192 W
250 Vac/dc
8 A
2 kVA/192 W
250 Vac/dc
8 A
100 mA
25 Hz
100 mA
25 Hz
20 Hz
Ag Ni
ac: 5 Hz dc: 25 Hz
AgCdO
RH/RU
AgCdO
1 normally-open contact
1 changeover contact
1 changeover contact
1 changeover contact
9
7
7
7
10 switching operations
2x10 switching operations
≥10 switching operations
≥10 switching operations
8
6
6
5x10 switching operations
≥3x10 switching operations
≥3x10 switching operations
150 V
1.5 kV
III
300 V
4 kV
III
300 V
6 kV
IV
300 V
6 kV
IV
2
2
2
2
≥3 mm
≥8 mm
≥8 mm
≥8 mm
-25 °C…+40 °C
-25 °C…+50 °C
-40 °C…+60 °C
AWG 22…12
-40 °C...+60 °C
-40 °C...+60 °C
-40 °C...+60 °C
AWG 22…12
-25 °C…+40 °C
-25 °C…+50 °C
-40 °C…+60 °C
AWG 22…12
-25 °C…+40 °C
-25 °C…+50 °C
-40 °C…+60 °C
AWG 22…12
2
2
2
2
0.5…4 mm
0.5…4 mm
0.5…4 mm
0.5…4 mm
6 mm
6 mm
18 mm
18 mm
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
AP DKT4
Page 305
0687560000
AP DK5
Page 305
8268870000
AP DKT4
Page 305
0687560000
AP DKT4
Page 305
0687560000
71
Relay Coupler in Component Housings EG 2
with 1 NO or 1 NC
EGR EG 2 24 V
AC/DC voltage
EGR EG 2 24 V
Direct and alternating voltage
EGR EG 2 48 V
EGR EG 2 230 V
AC voltage
Schematic circuit diagram
Type
NC
Cat. No.
Type
NC
Cat. No.
Type
NC
Cat. No.
Type
NC
NO
Cat. No.
Ordering data
01335600001)
01336600001)
0542660000
0536260000
0662460000
0662660000
0543660000
0543860000
NO
NO
NO
Rated data
24 V–, 10 ꢀ
0.36 W
–
24 V0, 10 ꢀ
0.35 W
48 V0, 10 ꢀ
0.8 W
230 V~, +5 ꢀ –15 ꢀ
Input voltage
–
Rated consumption – (W)
Rated consumption ~ (VA)
Drop-out current of the relay** (at 20 °C)
0.6 VA
0.9 VA
3.2 VA
4 mA
1.5 mA
1.5 mA–/4 mA~
1.5 mA–/3.5 mA~
240 V~/100 V–
3 A
240 V~/100 V–
3 A
240 V~/100 V–
1 A
240 V~/100 V–
1 A
Max. output voltage
Continuous current
Derating curve
a = mounted horizontally on rail without clearance
b = mounted horizontally on rail with clearance x 20 mm
Continuous
current
Ambient temperature
5 A
5 A
5 A
5 A
Switch-on current
600 VA/120 W
40 µW
600 VA/120 W
40 µW
600 VA/120 W
40 µW
600 VA/120 W
40 µW
Max. switching capacity with resistor load
Min. switching capacity/switching current
Bounce times
< 2 ms
< 2 ms
< 2 ms
< 2 ms
Switching times, typical
< 5.3 ms
< 8.3 ms
50 Hz
< 8 ms
< 22 ms
30 Hz
< 9 ms
< 12 ms
37 Hz
< 5 ms
–, pick-up lag
< 7 ms
–, turn off delay
40 Hz
Max. switching frequency
Contact material
AgNi, gold-plated
AgNi, gold-plated
7
AgNi, gold-plated
7
AgNi, gold-plated
7
7
> 10 switching operations
> 10 switching operations
> 10 switching operations
> 10 switching operations
Service life, mechanical
5
5
5
5
> 6 x 10 switching operations
> 6 x 10 switching operations
> 6 x 10 switching operations
> 6 x 10 switching operations
–, 24 V–, 1 A, resistive load
–, 230 V~, 3 A, resistive load
Status indicator
5
5
5
5
> 10 switching operations
> 10 switching operations
> 10 switching operations
> 10 switching operations
Green LED
Green LED
Green LED
Green LED
–40 °C…+60 °C
–40 °C…+60 °C
–40 °C…+60 °C
–40 °C…+60 °C
Storage temperature
Ambient temperature
–25 °C…+40 °C
–25 °C…+50 °C
CSA (013366)
–25 °C…+40 °C
–25 °C…+50 °C
–25 °C…+40 °C
–25 °C…+50 °C
–25 °C…+40 °C
–25 °C…+50 °C
–, mounted on rail without clearance
–, mounted on rail with clearance ≥ 20 mm
Approvals
Insulation coordination acc. to EN 50178
Overvoltage category
III
III
III
III
3
3
2
2
Pollution severity
Page 306, Fig. II
Page 306, Fig. II
Page 306, Fig. II
Page 306, Fig. II
Accessories, dimensions and connection data see
** Larger values on request
1
) no output varistor
72
Relay Coupler in Component Housings EG 2
with 2.8-mm tab connection
EGR EG 2
EGR EG 2
DC voltage
2 changeover contacts
AC/DC voltage
2 changeover contacts
Schematic circuit diagram
LED is parallel
to coil in 12 V DC
and 24 V DC
versions
Ordering data
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
EGR 2 RT (12 V–) 0160160000
EGR 2 RT (24 V–) 0160260000
EGR 2 RT (48 V–) 0160360000 EGR 2 RT (24 V0) 0123060000
EGR 2 RT (115 V–) 0160460000 EGR 2 RT (48 V0) 0123260000
EGR 2 RT (115 V0) 0141360000
EGR 2 RT (230 V0) 0142460000
Rated data
12 V–
0.61 W
–
24 V–
0.54 W
–
48 V–
0.65 W
–
115 V–
0.6 W
–
24 V0
0.7 W
48 V0
0.7 W
115 V0
0.6 W
230 V0
1.2 W
1.2 VA
1 mA
Input voltage
Rated consumption – (W)
Rated consumption ~ (VA)
Drop-out current of the relay** (at 20 °C)
1 VA
0.9 VA
0.6 VA
12 mA
5.5 mA
2.5 mA
1 mA
3.5 mA–/8 mA~
2 mA–/3.5 mA~
1 mA–/1 mA~
250 V
5 A
250 V
5 A
250 V
5 A
250 V
5 A
Max. output voltage
Continuous current
Derating curve
a = mounted horizontally on rail without clearance
b = mounted horizontally on rail with clearance x 20 mm
Continuous
current
Ambient temperature
014246
15 A/200 ms
1100 VA/144 W
5 A
15 A/200 ms
1100 VA/144 W
5 A
15 A/200 ms
1100 VA/144 W
5 A
15 A/200 ms
1100 VA/144 W
5 A
Switch-on current
Max. switching capacity with resistor load
Min. braking capacity/switching current
Bounce times
4 ms
4 ms
4 ms
4 ms
Switching times, typical
–, pick-up lag
16 ms
22 ms
15 ms
20 Hz
18 ms
14 ms
23 ms
24 Hz
23 ms
18 ms
19 ms
21 Hz
17 ms
13 ms
18 ms
22 Hz
20 ms
16 ms
25 ms
17 ms
–, turn off delay
20 Hz
27 Hz
19 Hz
24 Hz
Max. switching frequency
Contact material
Ag, gold-flashed
Ag, gold-flashed
Ag, gold-flashed
Ag, gold-flashed
6
6
6
6
30 x 10
5
30 x 10
5
30 x 10
5
30 x 10
5
Service life, mechanical
–, 24 V–, 1 A, resistive load
–, 230 V~, 3 A, resistive load
Status indicator
10 (1100 VA, cos := 1)
10 (1100 VA, cos := 1)
10 (1100 VA, cos := 1)
10 (1100 VA, cos := 1)
Red LED
Red LED
Red LED
Red LED
Storage temperature
–40 °C…+85 °C
–40 °C…+85 °C
–40 °C…+85 °C
–40 °C…+85 °C
Ambient temperature
–, mounted on rail without clearance
–, mounted on rail with clearance ≥ 20 mm
–25 °C…+40 °C
–25 °C…+40 °C
–25 °C…+40 °C
–25 °C…+40 °C
Insulation coordination acc. to EN 50178
Overvoltage category
III
III
III
III
Pollution severity
2
2
2
2
Accessories, dimensions and connection data see
** Larger values on request
Page 306, Fig. III
Page 306, Fig. III
Page 306, Fig. III
Page 306, Fig. III
73
WAVESERIES Relay Coupler in Component Housings
With 1 changeover contact
WRS 1 2.4-24 VDC WRS 1 24 VDC
WRS 1 24/48 VUC WRS 1 24/60 VUC
Relay couplers in the WAVEBOX
ꢀ Independent connection technology
- pluggable connection unit
screw or tension clamp technology
ꢀ Fast commissioning and after-sales-
service service
- pluggable PCBs
ꢀ Save wiring tasks
- cross-connections possible at input
and output
Schematic circuit diagram
Ordering data
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Screw connection
WRS 1 2.4-24 Vdc 8275320000
WRS 1 24 Vdc
8275350000
WRS 1 24/48 Vuc 8286280000
WRS 1 24/60 Vuc 8418210000
Tension clamp connection
WRZ 1
8430170000
WRZ 1
8430180000
WRZ 1
8430190000
WRZ 1
8430200000
Input
Input voltage
Input current
2.4…24 Vdc +10 %
24 Vdc 10 %
9 mAdc 15%
24 Vuc 10 % /48 Vuc 10%
14 mAuc 15% at Ue 24 V
14 mAuc 15% at Ue 48V
24 Vuc 10% / 60 Vuc 10%
11 mAac 15% at Ue=60 V
10 mAdc 15% at Ue=60 V
10.2 mAac 15% at Ue=24 V
9 mAdc 15% at Ue=24 V
0.7 VA 15% at Ue=60 V
0.34 VA 15% at Ue=24 V
0.6 W 15% at Ue=60 V
0.22 W 15% at Ue=24 V
4.6 mAdc 15% at Ue 12 V
Input power
6 mW 15% at Ue 2.4 V
220 mW 15%
0.5 VA (W) 15% at Ue=48V
0.35 VA (W) 15% at Ue=24V
Output
Switching voltage
max. 150 Vdc /250 Vac
max. 5 A /max. 1250 VA*
max. 10 A
max. 150 Vdc /250 Vac
max. 5 A /max. 1250 VA*
max. 10 A
max. 150 Vdc /250 Vac
max. 5A /max. 1250 VA*
max. 10 A
max. 150 Vdc/250 Vac
max. 5 A/max. 1250 VA*
max. 10 A
Continuous current AC / Switching power AC
Switch-on current
Min. switching
100 mA/5 Vdc
100 mA/5 Vdc
100 mA/5Vdc
100 mA/5 Vdc
Contact material
Ag-alloy
Ag-alloy
Ag-alloy
Ag-alloy
Contact resistance (when new)
max. 30 mΩ/max. 100 mΩ
at 1 A/6 Vdc
max. 30 mΩ/max. 100 mΩ
at 1 A/6 Vdc
max. 30 mΩ/max. 100 mΩ
at 1 A/6 Vdc
max. 30 mΩ/max. 100 mΩ
at 1 A / 6 Vdc
Pick-up delay at nominal voltage
Turn off delay
typ. 7 ms (NO) /
4.5 ms (NC)
typ. 7 ms (NO) /
4.5 ms (NC)
typ. 7 ms (NO) /
4.5 ms (NC)
typ. 5.4 ms (NO) /
4.2 ms (NC)
typ. 6.3 ms (NO) /
5.5 ms (NC)
typ. 6.3 ms (NO) /
5.5 ms (NC)
typ. 6.3 ms (NO) /
5.5 ms (NC)
typ. 4.4 ms (NO) /
5.4 ms (NC)
6
6
6
6
Mechanical service life
Electrical service life
20 x 10 switching operations
20 x 10 switching operations
20 x 10 switching operations
20 x 10 switching operations
3
3
5
3
150 x 10 switching operations
150 x 10 switching operations
1.5 x 10 switching operations 150 x 10 switching operations
Max. switching frequency at nominal voltage
Ambient temperature
Storage temperature
0.1 Hz
0.1 Hz
0.1 Hz
0.1 Hz
-25 °C...+50 °C
-40 °C...+60 °C
UL/CSA
-25 °C...+50 °C
-40 °C...+60 °C
UL/CSA
-25 °C...+50 °C
-40 °C...+60 °C
UL/CSA
-25 °C...+50 °C
-40 °C...+60 °C
UL/CSA
Approvals
Insulation coordination acc. to EN 50178
Rated voltage
300 V
300 V
300 V
300 V
Rated impulse voltage
4 kV (1.2/50 µ)
4 kV (1.2/50 µ)
4 kV (1.2/50 µ)
4 kV (1.2/50 µ)
Overvoltage category
III
III
III
III
Pollution severity
2
2
2
2
Implemented clearance and creepage path
Insulation and voltage strength
Insulation and voltage strength of entire circuit to mounting rail
≥ 5.5 mm
≥ 5.5 mm
≥ 5.5 mm
≥ 5.5 mm
4 kV 1 min
eff
4 kV 1 min
eff
4 kV 1 min
eff
4 kV 1 min
eff
Testing
Input/output high voltage test
Accessories, dimensions and connection data see
4 kVeff 1 s
4 kVeff 1 s
4 kVeff 1 s
4 kVeff 1 s
Page 298 + 308
Page 298 + 308
Page 298 + 308
Page 298 + 308
* at ambient temperature 20°C
74
WAVESERIES Relay Coupler in Component Housings
WRS 1 24/115 VUC WRS 1 24 VUC
Mounted horizontally
Control 26.4Vdc
230 VAC
8
clearance >= 10 mm
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
mounted
0
0
20
40
60
80
100
Ambient temperature [°C]
WRS 1 2.4-24 VDC • 8275320000
Mounted horizontally
waagerecht montiert
Control 52.8Vdc
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Abstand>=10mm
clearance >= 10 mm
mounted
0
20
40
60
80
100
Ambient temperature [°C]
WRS 1 24/48 VUC • 8286280000
Type
WRS 1 24/115 Vuc
8418220000
8430210000
Cat. No.
Type
WRS 1 24 Vuc/230 Vac
8418230000
WRZ 1 8430220000
Cat. No.
Mounted horizontally
Control 66Vdc
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
WRZ 1
mounted
A
clearance >= 10 mm
24 Vuc 10% / 115 Vuc 10%
11 mAac 15% at Ue=115 V
10.5mAdc 15% at Ue=115 V
10.2 mAac 15% at Ue=24 V
9 mAdc 15% at Ue=24 V
1.3 VA 15% at Ue=115 V
0.34 VA 15% at Ue=24 V
1.2 W 15% at Ue=115 V
0.22 W 15% at Ue=24 V
24 Vuc 10% / 230 Vac 10%
15 mAac 15% at Ue=230 V
14 mAac 15% at Ue=24 V
13 mAdc 15% at Ue=24 V
3.5 VA 15% at Ue=230 V
0.34 VA 15% at Ue=24 V
0.32 W 15% at Ue=24 V
0
20
40
60
80
100
Ambient temperature [°C]
WRS 1 24/60 VUC • 8418210000
max. 150 Vdc/250 Vac
max. 5 A/max. 1250 VA*
max. 10 A
max. 150 Vdc/250 Vac
max. 5 A/max. 1250 VA*
max. 10 A
waa
ge
recht montietart
Mounted horizon lly
Control 26.4V ac/dc
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
A
clearance >= 10 mm
100 mA/5 Vdc
100 mA/5 Vdc
mounted
Ag-alloy
Ag-alloy
max. 30 mΩ/max. 100 mΩ
at 1 A / 6 Vdc
max. 30 mΩ/max. 100 mΩ
at 1 A / 6 Vdc
typ. 5.4 ms (NO) /
4.2 ms (NC)
typ. 5.4 ms (NO) /
4.2 ms (NC)
typ. 4.4 ms (NO) /
5.4 ms (NC)
typ. 4.4 ms (NO) /
5.4 ms (NC)
6
6
20 x 10 switching operations
20 x 10 switching operations
3
3
150 x 10 switching operations
150 x 10 switching operations
0
20
40
60
80
100
0.1 Hz
0.1 Hz
Ambient temperature [°C]
Umgebungstemperatur [°C]
-25 °C...+50 °C
-40 °C...+60 °C
UL/CSA
-25 °C...+50 °C
-40 °C...+60 °C
UL/CSA
WRS 1 24/115 VUC • 8418220000
Mounted horizontally
waagerecht montiert
Control 253Vac
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
300 V
300 V
clearance >= 10 mm
A
4 kV (1.2/50 µ)
4 kV (1.2/50 µ)
III
III
mounted
2
2
≥ 5.5 mm
≥ 5.5 mm
4 kV 1 min
eff
4 kV 1 min
eff
4 kVeff 1 s
4 kVeff 1 s
0
20
40
60
80
100
Page 298 + 308
Page 298 + 308
Ambient temperature [°C]
Umgebungstemperaur [C
WRS 1 24 VUC/230 VAC • 8418230000
75
WAVESERIES Relay Coupler in Component Housings
with 2 NO contacts
WRS 2 12/24 VDC WRS 2 24/48 VUC WRS 2 115 VUC/
M
o
u
n
t
e
d
h
o
riz
ontally
230 VAC
Control26.4Vdc 26.4 Vdc
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
clearance ≥ 10 mm
mounted
0
20
40
60
ur
80
100
Ambie
n
t
t
e
m
p
e
r
a
t
e
[
°C
]
WRS 2 12/24 VDC •8418240000
Mountedhorizontally
Control26.4Vdc 52.8 Vdc
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
A
clearance ≥ 10 mm
angereiht
mounted
Schematic circuit diagram
0
20
40 60
Ambient temperature [°C]
80
100
Umgebungstemperatur [°C]
WRS 2 24/48 VUC • 8418250000
Mounted horizontally
Control 26.4Vdc253Vdc
mounted
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
A
clearance ≥ 10 mm
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
Ambient temperature[°C]
WRS 2 115 VUC/ 230 VAC • 8418260000
Ordering data
Type
Cat. No.
Type
WRS 2 24/48 Vuc
8418250000
8430240000
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Screw connection
WRS 2 12/24 Vdc
WRS 2 115 Vuc/230 Vac
8418260000
WRZ 2 8430250000
8418240000
8430230000
Tension clamp connection
WRZ 2
WRZ 2
Input
Input voltage
Input current
12 Vdc 10 % / 24 Vdc 10 %
21 mAdc 15% at Ue=24 V
20 mAdc 15%bei Ue=12 V
24 Vuc 10 % / 48 Vuc 10 %
10 mAac 15% at Ue=48 V
11.5 mAac 15% at Ue=24 V
8.5 mAdc 15% at Ue=48 V
7.2 mAdc 15% at Ue=24 V
0.48 VA 15% at Ue=48 V
0.21 VA 15% at Ue=24 V
0.4 W 15% at Ue=48 V
115 Vuc 10%/ 230 Vac 10 %
11 mAac 15% at Ue=230 V
8.5 mAuc 15% at Ue=115 V
8 mAdc 15% at Ue=115 V
Input power
0.5 W 15% at Ue=24 V
0.24 W 15% at Ue=12 V
2.5 VA 15% at Ue=230 V
1 VA 15% at Ue=115 V
0.9 W 15% at Ue=115 V
0.17 W 15% at Ue=24 V
Output
Switching voltage
max. 250 Vdc / 250 Vac
(UL –> 13300/12300)
max. 5 A / max. 1250 VA*
max. 8 A
max. 250 Vdc / 250 Vac
(UL –> 13300/12300)
max. 5 A / max. 1250 VA*
max. 8 A
max. 250 Vdc / 250 Vac
(UL –> 13300/12300)
max. 5 A / max. 1250 VA*
max. 8 A
Continuous current AC / Switching power AC
Switch-on current
Min. switching
100 mA / 5 Vdc
AgSnO2
100 mA / 5 Vdc
AgSnO2
100 mA / 5 Vdc
AgSnO2
Contact material
Contact resistance (when new)
max. 30 mΩ/max. 100 mΩ
at 1 A/6 Vdc
max. 30 mΩ/max. 100 mΩ
at 1 A/6 Vdc
max. 30 mΩ/max. 100 mΩ
at 1 A/6 Vdc
Pick-up delay at nominal voltage
Turn off delay
typ. 5 ms
typ. 5 ms
---
typ. 6.3 ms (NO) /
5.5 ms (NC)
---
---
6
6
6
Mechanical service life
50 x 10 switching operations
50 x 10 switching operations
50 x 10 switching operations
5
5
5
Electrical service life
1 x 10 switching operations
1 x 10 switching operations
1 x 10 switching operations
Max. switching frequency at nominal voltage
Ambient temperature
0.1 Hz
0.1 Hz
0.1 Hz
-25 °C...+50 °C
-40 °C...+60 °C
UL/CSA
-25 °C...+50 °C
-40 °C...+60 °C
UL/CSA
-25 °C...+50 °C
-40 °C...+60 °C
UL/CSA (nur 115 Vuc)
Storage temperature
Approvals
Insulation coordination acc. to EN 50178
Rated voltage
300 V
300 V
300 V
Rated impulse voltage
4 kV (1.2/50 µ)
4 kV (1.2/50 µ)
4 kV (1.2/50 µ)
Overvoltage category
III
III
III
Pollution severity
2
2
2
Implemented clearance and creepage path
≥ 8 mm
≥ 8 mm
≥ 8 mm
Insulation and voltage strength
Insulation and voltage strength of entire circuit to mounting rail
4 kV 1 min
eff
4 kV 1 min
eff
4 kV 1 min
eff
Testing
Input/output high voltage test
Accessories, dimensions and connection data see
4 kVeff 1 s
4 kVeff 1 s
4 kVeff 1 s
Page 298 + 308
Page 298 + 308
Page 298 + 308
* at ambient temperature 20°C
76
WAVESERIES Relay Coupler in Component Housings
with 1NC / 1 NO
WRS 2 12/24 VDC WRS 2 24/48 VUC WRS 2 115 VUC/
Mounted horizontally
230 VAC
Control 26.4 Vdc 26.4 Vdc
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
A
clearance ≥ 10 mm
angereiht
mounted
0
20
40
60
80
100
100
100
Ambient temperature [°C]
WRS 2 12/24 VDC • 8418270000
WRS 2 24/48 VUC -> 8418280000
Mounted horizontally
Control 26.4 Vdc 52.8 Vdc
9
8
7
clearance ≥ 10 mm
A
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
angereiht
mounted
Schematic circuit diagram
0
20
40 60
Ambient temperature [°C]
80
Uungsat[C
WRS 2 24/48 VUC • 8418280000
WRS 2 115 VUC/230 VAC -> 8418290000
Mounted horizontally
Control 26.4 Vdc253Vdc
8
7
A
clearance ≥ 10 mm
mounted
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
20
40 60
AAmmbbieienntttetemmppeeraratuturere[°[°CC]]
80
Umgebungstemperatur [°C]
WRS 2 115 VUC/230 VAC • 8418290000
Ordering data
Type
WRS 2 12/24 Vdc
8418270000
8430260000
Cat. No.
Type
WRS 2 24/48 Vuc
8418280000
8430270000
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Screw connection
WRS 2 115 Vuc/230 Vac
8418290000
8430280000
Tension clamp connection
WRZ 2
WRZ 2
WRZ 2
Input
Input voltage
Input current
12 Vdc 10% / 24 Vdc 10%
19.7 mAdc 15% at Ue=12 V
20.5 mAdc 15% at Ue=24 V
24 Vuc 10 % / 48 Vuc 10 %
10 mAac 15% at Ue=48 V
11.5 mAac 15% at Ue=24 V
8.5 mAdc 15% at Ue=48 V
7.2 mAdc 15%bei Ue=24 V
0.48 VA 15% at Ue=48 V
0.21 VA 15% at Ue=24 V
0.4 W 15% at Ue=48 V
115 Vuc 10 %/230 Vac 10 %
11 mAac 15% at Ue=230 V
10 mAuc 15% at Ue=115 V
8 mAdc 15% at Ue=115 V
Input power
0.5 W 15% at Ue=24 V
0.24 W 15% at Ue=12 V
2.5 VA 15% at Ue=230 V
1 VA 15% at Ue=115 V
0.9 W 15% at Ue=115 V
0.17 W 15% at Ue=24 V
Output
Switching voltage
max. 250 Vdc/250 Vac
max. 5 A/max. 1250 VA*
max. 8 A
max. 250 Vdc/250 Vac
max. 250 Vdc/250 Vac
Continuous current AC / Switching power AC
Switch-on current
max. 5 A/max. 1250 VA*
max. 5 A/max. 1250 VA*
max. 8 A
max. 8 A
Min. switching
100 mA/5 V
100 mA/5 V
100 mA/5 V
Contact material
AgSnO2
AgSnO2
AgSnO2
Contact resistance (when new)
max. 30 mΩ/max. 100 mΩ
at 1 A/6 Vdc
max. 30 mΩ/max. 100 mΩ
max. 30 mΩ/max. 100 mΩ
at 1 A/6 Vdc
at 1 A/6 Vdc
Pick-up delay at nominal voltage
Turn off delay
typ. 5ms
---
---
---
---
---
6
6
6
Mechanical service life
Electrical service life
50 x 10 switching operations
50 x 10 switching operations
50 x 10 switching operations
5
5
5
1 x 10 switching operations
1 x 10 switching operations
1 x 10 switching operations
Max. switching frequency at nominal voltage
Ambient temperature
Storage temperature
0.1 Hz
0.1 Hz
0.1 Hz
-25 °C...+50 °C
-40 °C...+60 °C
UL/CSA
-25 °C...+50 °C
-40 °C...+60 °C
UL/CSA
-25 °C...+50 °C
-40 °C...+60 °C
UL/CSA (nur 115 Vuc)
Approvals
Insulation coordination acc. to EN 50178
Rated voltage
300 V
300 V
300 V
Rated impulse voltage
4 kV (1.2/50 µ)
4 kV (1.2/50 µ)
4 kV (1.2/50 µ)
Overvoltage category
III
III
III
Pollution severity
2
2
2
Implemented clearance and creepage path
≥ 8 mm
≥ 8 mm
≥ 8 mm
Insulation and voltage strength
Insulation and voltage strength of entire circuit to mounting rail
4 kV 1 min
eff
4 kV 1 min
eff
4 kV 1 min
eff
Testing
Input/output high voltage test
Accessories, dimensions and connection data see
4 kVeff 1 s
4 kVeff 1 s
4 kVeff 1 s
Page 298 + 308
Page 298 + 308
Page 298 + 308
* at ambient temperature 20°C
77
WAVESERIES Relay Coupler in Component Housings
with 2 changeover contacts
WRS 2 12/24 VDC WRS 2 24/48 VUC WRS 2 24 VUC/
Mountedhorizontally
230 VAC
Control 26.4 Vdc 26.4 Vdc
7
Aclearance≥ 10 mm
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
angereiht
mounted
0
20
40 60
Ambient temperature [°C]
80
100
tt[
WRS 2 12/24 VDC • 8418300000
WRS 2 24/48 VUC 8418310000
Mounted horizontally
ContrV
ol 26.4 dc 26.4 Vdc
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
clearance ≥ 10 mm
angereiht
mounted
Schematic circuit diagram
0
20
40 60
Ambient temperature [°C]
80
100
WRS 2 24/48 VUC • 8418310000
Mountedhorizontally
Control 26.4 Vdc 253 Vdc
8
7
6
Abstand>=10mm
mounted
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
Umgebungstemperatur
Ambient temperature[[°°CC] ]
WRS 2 24 VUC/ 230 VAC • 8418320000
Ordering data
Type
WRS 2 12/24 Vdc
8418300000
8430290000
Cat. No.
Type
WRS 2 24/48 Vuc
8418310000
8430300000
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Screw connection
WRS 2 24 VUC/230 Vac
8418320000
WRZ 2 8430310000
Tension clamp connection
WRZ 2
WRZ 2
Input
Input voltage
Input current
12 Vdc 10% /24 Vdc 10 %
21 mAdc 15% at Ue=12 V
22 mAdc 15% at Ue=24 V
24 Vuc 10% /48 Vuc 10 %
14 mAuc 15% at Ue=48 V
14 mAuc 15% at Ue=24 V
24 Vuc 10% /230 Vac 10%
15 mAac 15% at Ue=230 V
14 mAuc 15% at Ue=24 V
Input power
0.26 W 15% at Ue=12 V
0.53 W 15% at Ue=24 V
0.7 VA(W) 15% at Ue=48 V
0.35 VA(W) 15% at Ue=24 V
0.35 W 15% at Ue=24 V
3.45 VA 15% at Ue=230 V
Output
Switching voltage
max. 150 Vdc /250 Vac
max. 5 A/max. 1250 VA*
max. 10 A
max. 150 Vdc /250 Vac
max. 5 A/max. 1250 VA*
max. 10 A
max. 150 Vdc /250 Vac
max. 5 A/max. 1250 VA*
max. 10 A
Continuous current AC / Switching power AC
Switch-on current
Min. switching
100 mA/5 Vdc
100 mA/5 Vdc
100 mA / 5 Vdc
Contact material
Ag-alloy
Ag-alloy
Ag-alloy
Contact resistance (when new)
max. 30 mΩ / max. 100 mΩ
at 1 A / 6 Vdc
max. 30 mΩ / max. 100 mΩ
at 1 A / 6 Vdc
max. 30 mΩ / max. 100 mΩ
at 1 A / 6 Vdc
Pick-up delay at nominal voltage
Turn off delay
typ. 6.5 ms (NO) /
4.5 ms (NC)
typ. 6.5 ms (NO) /
4.5 ms (NC)
typ. 6 ms (NO)/4.2 ms
(NC)/Eingang: 24 Vuc/230 Vac
typ. 4.4 ms (NO)/
5.4 ms (NC)
typ. 8 ms (NO) /
11 ms (NC)
typ. 8 ms (NO)/
11 ms (NC)
6
6
6
Mechanical service life
Electrical service life
20 x 10 switching operations
20 x 10 switching operations
20 x 10 switching operations
5
5
3
1.5 x 10 switching operations 1.5 x 10 switching operations 150 x 10 switching operations
Max. switching frequency at nominal voltage
Ambient temperature
Storage temperature
0.1 Hz
0.1 Hz
0.1 Hz
-25 °C...+50 °C
-40 °C...+60 °C
UL/CSA
-25 °C...+50 °C
-40 °C...+60 °C
UL/CSA
-25 °C...+50 °C
-40 °C...+60 °C
Approvals
Insulation coordination acc. to EN 50178
Rated voltage
300 V
300 V
300 V
Rated impulse voltage
4 kV (1.2/50 µ)
4 kV (1.2/50 µ)
4 kV (1.2/50 µ)
Overvoltage category
III
III
III
Pollution severity
2
2
2
Implemented clearance and creepage path
≥ 5.5 mm
≥ 5.5 mm
≥ 5.5 mm
Insulation and voltage strength
Insulation and voltage strength of entire circuit to mounting rail
4 kV 1 min
eff
4 kV 1 min
eff
4 kV 1 min
eff
Testing
Input/output high voltage test
Accessories, dimensions and connection data see
4 kVeff 1 s
4 kVeff 1 s
4 kVeff 1 s
Page 298 + 308
Page 298 + 308
Page 298 + 308
* at ambient temperature 20°C
78
WAVESERIES Relay Coupler in Component Housings
with 3 NO contacts
WRS 2 24 VUC
WRS 2 230 VAC
WRS 2 24 VUC 8418330000
Mounted horizontally
Control 26.4Vdc 26.4 Vdc
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Abstand>=10mm
clearance ≥ 10 mm
angereiht
mounted
0
20
40 60
Ambient temperature[°[C°]C]
80
100
Umgebungstemperatur
WRS 2 24 VUC • 8418330000
WRS 2 230 VAC -> 8418340000
Mountedhorizontally
Control 26.4Vdc253Vdc
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
angereiht
mounted
Abstand>=10mm
clearance ≥ 10 mm
Schematic circuit diagram
0
20
40
60
°C]
80
100
Ambient temperature [°C]
WRS 2 230 VAC • 8418340000
Ordering data
Type
WRS 2 24 Vuc 8418330000
WRZ 2 8430320000
Cat. No.
Type
WRS 2 230 Vac 8418340000
WRZ 2 8430330000
Cat. No.
Screw connection
Tension clamp connection
Input
Input voltage
Input current
3fach 24 Vac 10 %
10.5 mAac 15 % at Unenn
(per channel)
3 x 230 Vac 10 %
10.3 mAac 15 % at Unenn
(per channel)
Input power
0.3 VA 15 % (per channel)
0.25 W 15 %
2.4 VA 15 % (per channel)
Output
Switching voltage
max. 250 Vdc /250 Vac
max. 4 A/max. 1500 VA*
max. 6 A
max. 250 Vdc / 250 Vac
max. 4 A/max. 1500 VA*
max. 6 A
Continuous current AC / Switching power AC
Switch-on current
Min. switching
12 V/10 mA
12 V/10 mA
Contact material
AgSnO2
AgSnO2
Contact resistance (when new)
max. 100 mΩ
at 1 A/24 Vdc
typ. 5 ms
max. 100 mΩ
at 1 A/24 Vdc
typ. 8 ms
Pick-up delay at nominal voltage
Turn off delay
typ. 21 ms
typ.11 ms
6
6
Mechanical service life
Electrical service life
20 x 10 switching operations
20 x 10 switching operations
5
5
1 x 10 switching operations
1 x 10 switching operations
Max. switching frequency at nominal voltage
Ambient temperature
Storage temperature
0.1 Hz
0.1 Hz
-25 °C...+50 °C
-40 °C...+60 °C
UL/CSA
-25 °C...+50 °C
-40 °C...+60 °C
Approvals
Insulation coordination acc. to EN 50178
Rated voltage
300 V
300 V
Rated impulse voltage
4 kV (1.2/50 µ)
4 kV (1.2/50 µ)
Overvoltage category
III
III
Pollution severity
2
2
Implemented clearance and creepage path
≥ 5.5 mm
≥ 5.5 mm
Insulation and voltage strength
Insulation and voltage strength of entire circuit to mounting rail
4 kV 1 min
eff
4 kV 1 min
eff
Testing
Input/output high voltage test
Accessories, dimensions and connection data see
4 kVeff 1 s
4 kVeff 1 s
Page 298 + 308
Page 298 + 308
* at ambient temperature 20°C
79
Relay Couplers in Components Housings EG 7
EGR EG 7
RST EG 7
RS EG 7
ꢀ Plugs on to locking socket RS EG 7
with combination foot TS 32, 35
ꢀ Overall width: 10 mm
ꢀ With combination foot for TS 15, TS 32
or TS 35
ꢀ Versions with 12 V, 24 V and 48 V fulfil
protective separation in accordance
with VDE 0160, Part 101
RST EG 7
ꢀ All EGR EG 7 and RST EG 7 are
approved by Germanischer Lloyd.
Approval No. 35962 HH
RS EG 7
EGR EG 7
12 V0
24 V–
24 V–
24 V0
Schematic circuit diagram
Derating curve
a = mounted horizontally on rail without clearance
b = mounted horizontally on rail, rowed with clearances
Continuous
current
Ambient temperature
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Ordering data
EGR EG7
EGR EG7
EGR EG7
RST EG7
RS EG7
8216520000
8216530000
8218200000
8216570000
8193830000
EGR EG7
EGR EG7
EGR EG7
RST EG7
RS EG7
8147120000
8147140000
8160030000
8216560000
8193830000
EGR EG7
EGR EG7
EGR EG7
RST EG7
RS EG7
8092340000
8092350000
8092360000
8216580000
8193830000
EGR EG7
EGR EG7
EGR EG7
RST EG7
RS EG7
8092310000
8092320000
8092330000
8216550000
8193830000
Combination foot for TS 15, TS 32, TS 35
1 NO
1 NC
1)
1)
1)
1)
EGR EG 7 spare relays, without connection unit
Plug-in relay-coupl., without engagem. socket, 1 changeo. cont.
Engage.socket f. plug-in relay coupler w. combin.foot TS 32, 35
Rated data of the coil
24 V– +15 ꢀ –10 ꢀ
280 mW +20 % –10 %
12 mA
24 V– +15 ꢀ –10 ꢀ
280 mW +20 % –10 %
12 mA
24 V0 +15 ꢀ –10 ꢀ
280 mW +20 % –10 %
240 mA
12 V0 +15 ꢀ –10 ꢀ
320 mW +20 % –10 %
120 mA
Input voltage
Rated consumption
Max. switch-on current
≤ 3 mA
≤ 3 mA
≤ 3 mA
≤ 3 mA
Combination foot for drop current
Screw connection
Screw connection
Screw connection
Screw connection
Connection
– NO and NC
2
2
2
2
0.5…1.5 mm
0.5…1.5 mm
0.5…1.5 mm
0.5…1.5 mm
AWG-Conductor 26…16
AWG-Conductor 26…16
AWG-Conductor 26…16
AWG-Conductor 26…16
2
2
2
2
0.5…2.5 mm
0.5…2.5 mm
0.5…2.5 mm
0.5…2.5 mm
– changeover contacts
Rated data der Contacts
Max. output voltage
250 V
250 V
5 A
250 V
250 V
5 A
5 A
5 A
Continuous current
8 A
8 A
8 A
8 A
Max. switch-on current
Min. switching capacity/switching current
Bounce times
2)
100 mW/10 mA
≤ 1 ms
40 µW
100 mW/10 mA
≤ 1 ms
100 mW/10 mA
≤ 1 ms
≤ 1 ms
2)
AgNi 0.15 gold-flashed
≤ 1 ms
AgNi 0.15 5 µ Au
≤ 1 ms
AgNi 0.15 gold-flashed
≤ 2.4 ms
AgNi 0.15 gold-flashed
≤ 1 ms
Contact material
Bounce times
Switching times
≤ 8 ms
≤ 8 ms
≤ 11 ms
≤ 8 ms
pick up delay
≤ 6 ms
≤ 6 ms
≤ 10 ms
≤ 6 ms
drop-out delay
6
6
6
6
> 15 x 10 switching operations
> 15 x 10 switching operations
> 15 x 10 switching operations
> 15 x 10 switching operations
Service life, mechanical
–, 24 V–, 1.1 A, inductive load
6
6
6
6
≥ 2 x 10 switching operations
≥ 2 x 10 switching operations
≥ 2 x 10 switching operations
≥ 2 x 10 switching operations
with free wheel diode
with free wheel diode
with free wheel diode
with free wheel diode
5
5
5
5
> 2 x 10 switching operations
> 2 x 10 switching operations
> 2 x 10 switching operations
> 2 x 10 switching operations
–, 230 V~, 5 A, resistive load
Status indicator
Green LED
Green LED
Green LED
Green LED
–40 °C…+60 °C
–25 °C…+60 °C
–40 °C…+60 °C
–25 °C…+60 °C
–40 °C…+60 °C
–25 °C…+60 °C
–40 °C…+60 °C
–25 °C…+60 °C
Storage temperature
Ambient temperature
Insulation coordination acc. to EN 50178
Safe isolation according to VDE 0106 part 101
Rated impulse voltage
DIN VDE 0106
DIN VDE 0106
DIN VDE 0106
DIN VDE 0106
8 kV
8 kV
8 kV
8 kV
≥ 8 mm
≥ 8 mm
≥ 8 mm
≥ 8 mm
Clearances and creepage distances
Overvoltage category
III
2
III
2
III
2
III
2
Pollution severity
Accessories
QB 16/10.16 1650330000
QB 16/10.16 1650330000
QB 16/10.16 1650330000
QB 16/10.16 1650330000
Cross-connection comb. 16fold
Accessories, dimensions and connection data see
1) Serves only as a spare part for NO and NC
Page 304
Page 304
Page 304
Page 304
2
b) 5 V… 24 V dc/10 mA… 1.2 A
c) 24 V ... 60 V dc/10 mA... 500 mA
) The following ratings can safely be
After switching higher powers (b…d)
lower powers (a) can no longer be switched.
switched:
d) 10 V…250 V ac/10 mA…
5 A
a ) 100 mV…60 V ac/dc/100 µA…300 mA
80
Relay Couplers in Components Housings EG 7
RST EG 7
RS EG 7
EGR EG 7
48 V0
60 V~
115 V0
230 V~
230 V~
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
EGR EG7
EGR EG7
EGR EG7
RST EG7
RS EG7
8092370000
8092380000
8092390000
8216590000
8193830000
EGR EG7
EGR EG7
EGR EG7
RST EG7
RS EG7
8092400000
8092410000
8092420000
8216600000
8193830000
EGR EG7
EGR EG7
EGR EG7
RST EG7
RS EG7
8092430000
8092440000
8092450000
8216610000
8193830000
EGR EG7
EGR EG7
EGR EG7
RST EG7
RS EG7
8092460000
8092470000
8092480000
8216620000
8193830000
EGR EG7
8178200000
1)
1)
1)
1)
RST EG7
RS EG7
8216630000
8193830000
48 V0 +15 ꢀ –10 ꢀ
280 mW +15 % –10 %
480 mA
60 V0 +15 ꢀ –10 ꢀ
280 mW +15 % –10 %
600 mA
115 V0 +15 ꢀ –10 ꢀ
330 mW +15 % –10 %
160 mA
230 V~ +15 ꢀ –10 ꢀ
280 mW +15 % –10 %
185 mA
230 V~ +15 ꢀ –10 ꢀ
280 mW +15 % –10 %
185 mA
≤ 3 mA
≤ 3 mA
≤ 3 mA
≤ 3 mA
≤ 3 mA
Screw connection
Screw connection
Screw connection
Screw connection
Screw connection
2
2
2
2
2
0.5…1.5 mm
0.5…1.5 mm
0.5…1.5 mm
0.5…1.5 mm
0.5…1.5 mm
AWG-Conductor 26…16
AWG-Conductor 26…16
AWG-Conductor 26…16
AWG-Conductor 26…16
AWG-Conductor 26…16
2
2
2
2
2
0.5…2.5 mm
0.5…2.5 mm
0.5…2.5 mm
0.5…2.5 mm
0.5…2.5 mm
250 V
250 V
250 V
250 V
250 V
5 A
5 A
5 A
5 A
5 A
8 A
8 A
8 A
8 A
8 A
2)
100 mW/10 mA
≤ 1 ms
100 mW/10 mA
≤ 1 ms
100 mW/10 mA
≤ 1 ms
100 mW/10 mA
≤ 1 ms
40 µW
≤ 1 ms
AgNi 0.15 gold-flashed
≤ 2.5 ms
AgNi 0.15 gold-flashed
≤ 3.8 ms
AgNi 0.15 gold-flashed
≤ 3.8 ms
AgNi 0.15 gold-flashed
≤ 2 ms
AgNi 0.15 5 µ Au
≤ 2 ms
≤ 12 ms
≤ 12 ms
≤ 12 ms
≤ 12 ms
≤ 12 ms
≤ 10 ms
≤ 10 ms
≤ 10 ms
≤ 10 ms
≤ 10 ms
6
6
6
6
6
> 15 x 10 switching operations
> 15 x 10 switching operations
> 15 x 10 switching operations
> 15 x 10 switching operations
> 15 x 10 switching operations
6
6
6
6
6
≥ 2 x 10 switching operations
≥ 2 x 10 switching operations
≥ 2 x 10 switching operations
≥ 2 x 10 switching operations
≥ 2 x 10 switching operations
with free wheel diode
with free wheel diode
with free wheel diode
with free wheel diode
with free wheel diode
5
5
5
5
5
> 2 x 10 switching operations
> 2 x 10 switching operations
> 2 x 10 switching operations
> 2 x 10 switching operations
> 2 x 10 switching operations
Green LED
Green LED
Green LED
Green LED
Green LED
–40 °C…+60 °C
–25 °C…+60 °C
–40 °C…+60 °C
–25 °C…+60 °C
–40 °C…+60 °C
–25 °C…+60 °C
–40 °C…+60 °C
–25 °C…+60 °C
–40 °C…+60 °C
–25 °C…+60 °C
DIN VDE 0106
8 kV
8 kV
8 kV
8 kV
8 kV
≥ 8 mm
≥ 8 mm
≥ 8 mm
≥ 8 mm
≥ 8 mm
III
2
III
2
III
2
III
2
III
2
QB 16/10.16 1650330000
QB 16/10.16 1650330000
QB 16/10.16 1650330000
QB 16/10.16 1650330000
QB 16/10.16 1650330000
Page 304
Page 304
Page 304
Page 304
Page 304
81
PLUGSERIES Relays on Sockets
PRZ/PRS
PRZ/PRS
PRS/PRZ xxx 1CO
PRS/PRZ xxx 2CO
DC-Version
AC-Version
Type/Version
Cat. No.
Qty.
Type/Version
Cat. No.
Qty.
Screw connection
PRS 12Vdc LD 1CO
PRS 12Vdc LD 2CO
PRS 24Vdc LD 1CO
PRS 24Vdc LD 2CO
PRS 115Vdc LD 1CO
PRS 115Vdc LD 2CO
Screw connection
PRS 24Vac LD 1CO
PRS 24Vac LD 2CO
PRS 120Vac LD 1CO
PRS 120Vac LD 2CO
PRS 230Vac LD 1CO
PRS 230Vac LD 2CO
8536471001
8536501001
8530621001
8530631001
8536510000
8536520000
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
8536530000
8536560000
8530641001
8530661001
8530671001
8530681001
10
10
10
10
10
10
PRS 24Vdc LD 2CO SGR 282 8596000000
with gold-plated
relay contacts:
with gold-plated
relay contacts:
PRS 24Vdc LD 2CO AU
8561760000
10
PRS 120Vac LD 2CO AU
PRS 230Vac LD 2CO AU
8595960000
8595990000
10
10
ꢀ Modular system comprising:
- Relay socket for mounting rails
- LED indicator unit / RC combination
- retainer clip
Tension clamp connection
PRZ 12Vdc LD 1CO
Tension clamp connection
PRZ 24Vac LD 1CO
PRZ 24Vac LD 2CO
PRZ 120Vac LD 1CO
PRZ 120Vac LD 2CO
PRZ 230Vac LD 1CO
PRZ 230Vac LD 2CO
8536571001
8536591001
8530691001
8530701001
8536610000
8536630000
8595970000
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
8536651001
8536681001
8530710000
8530720000
8530731001
8530741001
10
10
10
10
10
10
PRZ 12Vdc LD 2CO
PRZ 24Vdc LD 1CO
PRZ 24Vdc LD 2CO
- pluggable relays
PRZ 115Vdc LD 1CO
PRZ 115Vdc LD 2CO
PRZ 24Vdc LD 2CO SGR 282
ꢀ Independent connection technology:
screw or tension clamp technology
with gold-plated
relay contacts:
with gold-plated
relay contacts:
ꢀ Compatible with low power relays type
RT / Standard with 1 or 2 CO contacts
PRZ 24Vdc LD 2CO AU
8552440000
10
PRZ 120Vac LD 2CO AU
PRZ 230Vac LD 2CO AU
Other variants on request
Technical data
8575940000
8575950000
10
10
ꢀ Coil and root-contacts cross-con-
nectable with cross-connection type
ZQV 2.5 N
Other variants on request
Technical data
Input voltage
12 V dc ... 24Vdc ... 115Vdc
400 mW
Input voltage
24Vac ...120Vac ... 230Vac
760 VA
Rated consumption, typ
Status indicator
Rated consumption, typ
Status indicator
ꢀ Available as complete module or as
spare parts
pluggable LED-housing,
green LED
pluggable LED-housing,
green LED
Output
1 CO /2 CO contacts
1 x UM / 2 x UM
250Vuc
Output
1 CO /2 CO contacts
1 x UM / 2 x UM
250Vuc
Contact version
Contact version
Max. output voltage
Max. switching current
Continuous current
Rated braking capacity
Service life, mech.
Input/output
Max. output voltage
Max. switching current
Continuous current
Rated braking capacity
Service life, mech.
Input/output
16A / 2 x 8A
10A
16A / 2 x 8A
10A
4kVA / 2 x 2kVA
4kVA / 2 x 2kVA
6
6
30 x 10
5 x 10
Clearance and creepage path
Protective separation
Dielectric strength
> 8mm
Clearance and creepage path
Protective separation
Dielectric strength
> 8mm
DIN VDE 0106 T. 101
> 4kV eff
DIN VDE 0106 T. 101
> 4kV eff
Insulation coordinates acc. to
EN 50178
III / 2
Insulation coordinates acc. to
EN 50178
III / 2
Miscellaneous data
Ambient temperature
Protection class
Rated cross-section
Flammability
Miscellaneous data
Ambient temperature
Protection class
-40°C ... +50°C
IP 20
-40°C ... +50°C
IP 20
2
2
2
0.5...2.5mm
Rated cross-section 0.5 mm
0.5...2.5mm
V0
Flammability
V0
Relay type
Schrack RT1 / RT2
15.2 x 91 x 85
CE, UL recognized, cUL
TS 35
Relay type
Schrack RT1 / RT2
15.2 x 91 x 85
CE, UL recognized, cUL
TS 35
Dimensions WxHxT
Approvals
Dimensions WxHxT
Approvals
Rail mounted
Rail mounted
Accessories
Cross-connection
Accessories
Cross-connection
2-pole
2-pole
2-pole
black
red
ZQV 2.5N/4-2 SW1784270000 60
ZQV 2.5N/4-2 RT 1784280000 60
ZQV 2.5N/4-2 BL 1784290000 60
2-pole
2-pole
2-pole
black
red
ZQV 2.5N/4-2 SW1784270000 60
ZQV 2.5N/4-2 RT 1784280000 60
ZQV 2.5N/4-2 BL 1784290000 60
blue
blue
Marking tags
Marking tags
WS 10/5
WS 15/5
1060860000
1609880000
WS 10/5
WS 15/5
1060860000
1609880000
82
PLUGSERIES Relays on Sockets
Accessories
marking field
retaining-clip
Cross-connection
channel
11 / 21
87 (PXZ35)
95 (PXS35)
Cross-connections
channel
A1 / A2
92
Screw
connection
Empty base for rail mounted TS 35
Screw connection
Type
Cat. No.
Qty.
10
Tension
clamp
PXS35
PXZ35
8533771001
8536691001
Tension clamp connection
10
1 5 ,
15.3
15.3
Technical data
Rated current
16 A
Rated voltage
250 V
> 4 kV
IP 20
22
21
24
12
22
21
24
12
Dielectric strength coil/contacts
Protection class
(NC)
(NC)
11
(COM)
11
(COM)
2
Rated cross-section
Insulation stripping length
- Screw connection
- Tension clamp connection
Ambient temperature
Flammability class UL 94
2.5 mm
8 mm
14
(NO)
14
(NO)
10 mm
-40°C ... +60°C
V0
Holding clamp
Type
PRC
Cat. No.
Qty.
100
8536700000
Operating indication
LED indicator with free-wheeling diode
A1
(COIL)
A1
(COIL)
A2
A2
6 ... 24 Vdc PLED 24 Vdc
6 ... 24 Vdc PLED 24 Vdc red
48 ... 60 Vdc PLED 48 Vdc
115 Vdc PLED 115 Vdc
12 ... 24 Vac PLED 24 Vac
115 Vac PLED 120 Vac
230 Vac PLED 230 Vac
230 Vac PLED 230 Vac red
8536710000
8611010000
8536720000
8536730000
8536750000
8536760000
8536780000
8611000000
8566530000
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
Operating indication
DC-Version
RC combination 120...230 VAC/DC PLRC 200 nF/200Ω
Pluggable cross-connectionen
2-pole black ZQV 2.5N/4-2SW
2-pole red ZQV 2.5N/4-2RT
2-pole blue ZQV 2.5N/4-2BL
1784270000
1784280000
1784290000
60
60
60
14
24 22
12
A1
Marking tags
Type
Cat. No.
Qty.
200
96
*
10 x 5 mm
WS 10/5
WS 15/5
1060860000
1609880000
A2
11
21
free wheel
*
diode
AC-Version
14
24 22
12
A1
A2
11
21
83
PLUGSERIES Relays on Sockets
1 changeover contact
SCHRACK RT
Pluggable relay types
Print figure/circuit diagram
Relay type RT/SGR
2 changeover contacts
Pluggable relay
Type Schrack RT Cat. No.
Qty.
20
12 Vdc 1 changeover contact
12 Vdc 2 changeover contacts
RT 314012
RT 424012
4058470000
4058560000
20
24 Vdc 1 changeover contact
RT 314024
RT 315024
4058480000
4058490000
20
20
24 Vdc 1 changeover contact AU
24 Vdc 2 changeover contacts
RT 424024
RT 425024
4058570000
4058580000
20
20
24 Vdc 2 changeover contacts AU
48 Vdc 1 changeover contact
48 Vdc 2 changeover contacts
RT 314048
RT 424048
4058740000
4058750000
20
20
60 Vdc 2 changeover contacts
RT 424060
4058760000
20
110 Vdc 1 changeover contact
110 Vdc 2 changeover contacts
RT 314110
RT 424110
4058500000
4058590000
20
20
24 Vac 1 changeover contact
24 Vac 2 changeover contacts
RT 315524
RT 424524
4058510000
4058600000
20
20
115 Vac 1 changeover contact
115 Vac 1 changeover contact AU
115 Vac 2 changeover contacts
115 Vac 2 changeover contacts AU
RT 314615
RT 315625
RT 424615
RT 425615
4058520000
4058530000
4058610000
4058620000
20
20
20
20
230 Vac 1 changeover contact
230 Vac 1 changeover contact AU
230 Vac 2 changeover contacts
230 Vac 2 changeover contacts AU
RT 314730
RT 315730
RT 424730
RT 425730
4058540000
4058550000
4058630000
4058640000
20
20
20
20
Technical data
Contact number and type
Contact material
1 changeover contact or 2 changeover contacts
AgNi 90/10, AgNi 0.15 htv
16 A 1We/2 x 8 A 2We
250 V ac
Switching current
Switching voltage
Braking capacity
4 kVA
Min. switching current / braking capacity
Min. braking capacity AU contact
Rated consumption
10 mA /100 mW
40 µW
400 mW dc/0.55 VA ac
5 kV
Dielectric strength Sp./Kont.
Response / drop out time:
DC coil
AC coil
typ. 7/3 ms
9/45 ms
Bounce time NO contact/normally closed contact
Mechanical service life:
typ. 1/3 ms
6
DC coil
AC coil
> 30 x 10 switching operations
6
> 30 x 10 switching operations
Braking capacity
1-pole DC 13
2-pole DC 13
2-pole AC 15
1.25A, L/R = 80 ms 2.3 x 105
1.25A, L/R = 80 ms 2.8 x 105
1.2A, cosL/R = 0.3 6050x
Miscellaneous data
Protection class
IP 40
Flammability class UL
Ambient temperature
V0
DC coil
AC coil
-40°C ... +85°C
-40°C ... +70°C
14 g
Weight
Approvals
UL, CSA, VDE, ÖVE
84
PLUGSERIES Relays on Sockets
ELESTA SGR
Relais with manual operation
RP 3SL
Relays for high switching currents
Pluggable relay
Type ELESTA SGR Cat. No.
Qty.
10
Type Schrack RP 3SL
Cat. No.
Qty.
20
24 Vdc 1 changeover contact with test button
SGR 662 24 Vdc T 8550510000
24 Vdc 2 changeover contacts with test button
SGR 282 24 Vdc T 8550520000
10
24 Vdc 1 normally-open contact
Technical data
RP3SL 24 Vdc 1NO
8588510000
Contact number and type
Contact material
2 changeover contacts with test button
AgCuNi
1 normally-open contact
AgSnO
25 A
2
Switching current
16 A 1We/2 x 8 A 2We
Peak inrush current
120 A / 20 ms
250 V
Switching voltage
250 Vac
Braking capacity
4 kVA
4 kVA
Min. switching current / braking capacity
Rated consumption
10 mA /100 mW
500 mW
500 mW
4 kV
Dielectric strength Sp./Kont.
Response / drop out time:
Bounce time NO contact/normally closed contact
Mechanical service life:
5 kV
DC coil
DC coil
typ. 10/3 ms
typ. 0.5/5 ms
typ. 8/2 ms
typ. 2 ms
6
6
> 30 x 10 switching operations
30 x 10 switching operations
Miscellaneous data
Protection class
Flammability class UL
Ambient temperature
Weight
IP 40
IP 40
V1
DC coil
-25°C ... +70°C
-40°C ... +70°C
18 g
20 g
Approvals
SEV, UL, CSA, DEMKO, VDE, PTB
SEV, UL, CSA, VDE
Contact service life
Type Load
switch. oper. Regulation
5
RP3SL 12 A, 250 V~, cosϕ=1
RP3SL TV 8
3x10
3
25x10
4
UL 508
RP3SL 2500 W, 230 V~, halogene lamps >10
5
4
RP3SL 1000 W, 250 V~, glow lamps
RP3SL 3000 W, 250 V~, glow lamps
2.3x10
3.6x10
4
RP3SL 1500 VA, flurescent tubes 163 µF 10
Leistungsrelais Type RT2
2 changeover contacts
Power relay RP 3SL
Electrical life
85
Relay Couplers on Sockets MICROSERIES in Terminal Format
MRS 5 Vdc 1CO
MRZ 5 Vdc 1CO
MRS 12 Vdc 1CO
MRZ 12 Vdc 1CO
MICRORELAY
MRS/MRZ
Schematic circuit diagram
This module can be used as a universal
interface between the controller and actuator
for switching small to medium-sized loads.
ꢀ Pluggable cross-connection in the input
and output reduces wiring costs
ꢀ 6-mm width
ꢀ Flexible thanks to screw and tension
clamp connection versions
Ordering data
for TS 35
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Screw connection
Tension clamp connection
MRS 5 Vdc 1CO 8556080000
MRZ 5 Vdc 1CO 8556150000
MRS 12 Vdc 1CO 8556070000
MRZ 12 Vdc 1CO 8556140000
Technical data
Input
Limit diagram
Input voltage
5 Vdc 20 % (4...6 V)
12 Vdc 20 % (9.6...14.4 V)
Input voltage ac with UNenn
Input voltage dc with UNenn
Input power
38 .5 mAdc 10 %
193 mW 10%
3.2 V / 21.6 mA
1.6 V / 8 mA
Green LED
6.2 ms
17.2 mAdc 10 %
210 mW 10%
6.4 V / 8.4 mA
2.5 V / 2.4 mA
Green LED
5.8 ms
Making threshold , (typ.)
Cut-out threshold (typ.)
Status indicator
Reaction time at U (typ.)
N
Release at U (typ.)
N
3.9 ms
6.9ms
Voltage of relay coil
5 V
12 V
Functionality
Operating indication
Reverse polarity protection
Free wheel diode
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
Output
1 changeover contact
250 Vac acc. to VDE
240 Vac acc. to UL/CSA
max. 6 A / max. 1500 VA
max. 6 A
1 changeover contact
250 Vac acc. to VDE
240 Vac acc. to UL/CSA
max. 6 A / max. 1500 VA
max. 6 A
Switching voltage
Current temperature-rise curve
ac: continuous current/switching power (see derating diagram)
Switch-on current
dc: Continuous current/switching power
Min. braking capacity
see limit diagram
see limit diagram
12 V /10 mA
12 V /10 mA
Contact material
AgSnO
6
AgSnO
6
Mechanical service life
20 x 10 switching operations 20 x 10 switching operations
Max. switching frequency at nominal voltage
0.1 Hz
0.1 Hz
Ambient temperature
Storage temperature
Climate
-25 °C…+50 °C
-40 °C…+60 °C
40 °C / 93 % rel. humidity,
no condensation
CE, cUL
-25 °C…+50 °C
-40 °C…+60 °C
40 °C / 93 % rel. humidity,
no condensation
CE, cUL
Ambient temperature [°C]
Approvals
Insulation coordination acc. to EN 50178
Rated voltage
300 V
300 V
4 kV
III
Rated impulse voltage
4 kV (1.2 / 50 µs)
Overvoltage category
III
2
Pollution severity
2
Insulation coord.- and voltage proof, input/output mounting rail
Achieved clearances and creepage distances
4 kV / 1 min
eff
4 kV / 1 min
eff
≥ 5.5 mm
≥ 5.5 mm
86
Relay Couplers on Sockets MICROSERIES in Terminal Format
MRS 24 Vdc 1CO
MRZ 24 Vdc 1CO
MRS 24 Vuc 1CO
MRZ 24 Vuc 1CO
MRS 48 Vuc 1CO
MRZ 48 Vuc 1CO
MRS 60 Vdc 1CO
MRZ 60 Vdc 1CO
MRS 120 Vuc 1CO
MRZ 120 Vuc 1CO
MRS 230 Vac 1CO
MRZ 230 Vac 1CO
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
MRS 24 Vdc 1CO 8533640000
MRZ 24 Vdc 1CO 8533660000
MRS 24 Vuc 1CO8556050000
MRS 48 Vuc1CO 8556040000
MRS 60 Vdc1CO 8556060000
MRZ 60 Vdc1CO 8556130000
MRS 120 Vuc 1CO 8556030000
MRZ 120 Vuc 1CO 8556100000
MRS 230 Vac1CO8556020000
MRZ 230Vac1CO 8556090000
MRZ 24 Vuc 1CO 8556120000 MRZ 48 Vuc1CO 8556110000
24 Vdc 20 % (19.2...28.8 V)
24 Vuc 10% (21.6...26.4 V)
11 mA 10 %
6.4 mA 20 %
154 mW 10 %
15.8 V / 3.6 mA
7 V / 1.3 mA
Green LED
48 Vuc 10% (43.2...52.8 V)
5 mA 20 %
4 mA 20 %
190 mW 20 %
29 V / 2.2 mA
11 V / 1.3 mA
Green LED
60 Vdc 20% (48...72 V)
120 Vuc +10% / -15% (102...132 V)
3.5 mAac 15 %
230 Vac 10% (207...253 V)
7.6 mA 15%
6.6 mAdc 10 %
160 mW 10%
15.4 V / 4 mA
6.5 V / 1.2 mA
Green LED
6.6 ms
3.3 mAdc 20 %
200 mW 10 %
35 V / 1.6 mA
11 V / 0.6 mA
Green LED
5.9 ms
0.42 VA 15 %
71 V / 1.8 mA
22 V / 0.5 mA
Green LED
6.7 ms
1.55 VA 15 %
103 V / 5 mA
49 V / 2.5 mA
Green LED
13 ms
7.3 ms
6.1 ms
5.8 ms
9 ms
5.8 ms
6.5 ms
8.1 ms
11 ms
24 V
24 V
48 V
60 V
60 V
24 V
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
–
–
1 changeover contact
250 Vac acc. to VDE
240 Vac acc. to UL/CSA
max. 6 A / max. 1500 VA
max. 6 A
1 changeover contact
250 V ~ acc. to VDE
240 V ~ acc. to UL/CSA
max. 6 A / max. 1500 VA
max. 6 A
1 changeover contact
250 Vac acc. to VDE
240 Vac acc. to UL/CSA
max. 6 A / max. 1500 VA
max. 6 A
1 changeover contact
250 Vac acc. to VDE
240 Vac acc. to UL/CSA
max. 6 A / max. 1500 VA
max. 6 A
1 changeover contact
250 V ~ acc. to VDE
240 V ~ acc. to UL/CSA
max. 6 A / max. 1500 VA
max. 6 A
1 changeover contact
250 V ~ acc. to VDE
240 V ~ acc. to UL/CSA
max. 6 A / max. 1500 VA
max. 6 A
see limit diagram
see limit diagram
see limit diagram
see limit diagram
see limit diagram
see limit diagram
12 V /10 mA
12 V /10 mA
12 V /10 mA
12 V /10 mA
12 V /10 mA
12 V /10 mA
AgSnO
6
AgSnO
6
AgSnO
6
AgSnO
6
AgSnO
6
AgSnO
6
20 x 10 switching operations 20 x 10 switching operations 20 x 10 switching operations 20 x 10 switching operations 20 x 10 switching operations 20 x 10 switching operations
0.1 Hz
0.1 Hz
0.1 Hz
0.1 Hz
0.1 Hz
0.1 Hz
-25 °C…+50 °C
-40 °C…+60 °C
40 °C / 93 % rel. humidity,
no condensation
CE, cUL
-25 °C…+50 °C
-40 °C…+60 °C
40 °C / 93 % rel. humidity,
no condensation
CE, cUL
-25 °C…+50 °C
-40 °C…+60 °C
40 °C / 93 % rel. humidity,
no condensation
CE, cUL
-25 °C…+50 °C
-40 °C…+60 °C
40 °C / 93 % rel. humidity,
no condensation
CE, cUL
-25 °C…+50 °C
-40 °C…+60 °C
40 °C / 93 % rel. humidity,
no condensation
CE, cUL
-25 °C…+50 °C
-40 °C…+60 °C
40 °C / 93 % rel. humidity,
no condensation
CE, cUL
300 V
4 kV
III
300 V
4 kV
III
300 V
4 kV
III
300 V
4 kV
III
300 V
4 kV
III
300 V
4 kV
III
2
2
2
2
2
2
4 kV / 1 min
eff
4 kV / 1 min
eff
4 kV / 1 min
eff
4 kV / 1 min
eff
4 kV / 1 min
eff
4 kV / 1 min
eff
≥ 5.5 mm
≥ 5.5 mm
≥ 5.5 mm
≥ 5.5 mm
≥ 5.5 mm
≥ 5.5 mm
87
Relay Couplers on Sockets MICROSERIES in Terminal Format
Tension clamp version MRZ
Screw version MRS
Accessories
92 mm
91 mm
94 mm
93 mm
6.1 mm
6.1 mm
General technical data
Clampable conductor:
Tension clamp version
Screw version
2
2
2
2
Solid H07V-U
mm
mm
mm
mm
0.5…2.5
0.5…2.5
0.5…1.5
0.5…1.5
0.5…4
0.5…2.5
0.5…1.5
0.5…1.5
0.13…4
0.6 Nm
10
Fsolid H07V-K
„f“ with ferrules acc. to DIN 46 228/1*
„f“ with ferrules with plastic collar*
Max. clampable range in mm2 /gauge pin acc. to IEC 60 947-1 Size
0.13…2.5
-
A 2
A 3
Rated torque
Continuous current of cross-connection 2-pole
Continuous current of cross-connection multipole
Insulation stripping length
Protection class
A
A
10
10
10
mm
10
7
IP 20
Wemid
V0
IP 20
Wemid
V0
Housing material
Flammability class UL 94
Rated current
6 A
6 A
Rated voltage
250 V
250 V
Cross-connection
Pluggable cross-connection
ZQV
Type
Cat. No.
Qty.
Type
Cat. No.
Qty.
yellow
ZQV 4N / 2 GE
ZQV 4N / 3 GE
ZQV 4N / 4 GE
ZQV 4N / 10 GE
ZQV 4N / 41 GE
1758250000
1762630000
1762620000
1758260000
1758270000
60
60
60
20
10
ZQV 4N / 2 GE
ZQV 4N / 3 GE
ZQV 4N / 4 GE
ZQV 4N / 10 GE
ZQV 4N / 41 GE
1758250000
1762630000
1762620000
1758260000
1758270000
60
60
60
20
10
red ZQV 4N / 2 RT
ZQV 4N / 3 RT
1793950000
1793980000
1794010000
1794040000
1794070000
60
60
60
20
10
ZQV 4N / 2 RT
ZQV 4N / 3 RT
ZQV 4N / 4 RT
ZQV 4N / 10 RT
ZQV 4N / 41 RT
1793950000
1793980000
1794010000
1794040000
1794070000
60
60
60
20
10
ZQV 4N / 4 RT
ZQV 4N / 10 RT
ZQV 4N / 41 RT
blue ZQV 4N / 2 BL
ZQV 4N / 3 BL
1793960000
1793990000
1794020000
1794050000
1794080000
60
60
60
20
10
ZQV 4N / 2 BL
ZQV 4N / 3 BL
ZQV 4N / 4 BL
ZQV 4N / 10 BL
ZQV 4N / 41 BL
1793960000
1793990000
1794020000
1794050000
1794080000
60
60
60
20
10
ZQV 4N / 4 BL
ZQV 4N / 10 BL
ZQV 4N / 41 BL
black ZQV 4N / 2 SW
ZQV 4N / 3 SW
1793970000
1794000000
1794030000
1794060000
1794090000
60
60
60
20
10
ZQV 4N / 2 SW
ZQV 4N / 3 SW
ZQV 4N / 4 SW
ZQV 4N / 10 SW
ZQV 4N / 41 SW
1793970000
1794000000
1794030000
1794060000
1794090000
60
60
60
20
10
ZQV 4N / 4 SW
ZQV 4N / 10 SW
ZQV 4N / 41 SW
Markings
Type
Cat. No.
Qty.
200
200
Type
Cat. No.
Qty.
200
200
12 x 6 mm
WS 10/6
WS 12/6
1060960000
1061160000
WS 10/6
WS 12/6
1060960000
1061160000
Screwdriver
Type
Cat. No.
Qty.
10
Type
Cat. No.
Qty.
10
SD 0.6 x 3.5 x 100
9008330000
SD 0.6 x 3.5 x 100
9008330000
88
Relay Couplers on Sockets MICROSERIES in Terminal Format
Accessories
Pluggable relay
Type NAIS APE...
Cat. No.
Qty.
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
Contact service life
Material AgSnO2
Coil voltage 5 V, 1 changeover contact
Coil voltage 12 V, 1 changeover contact
Coil voltage 24 V, 1 changeover contact
Coil voltage 48 V, 1 changeover contact
Coil voltage 60 V, 1 changeover contact
Coil voltage 24 V, 1 changeover contact, 5 µAU
Coil voltage 60 V, 1 changeover contact, 5 µAU
… 30005V
… 30012V
… 30024V
… 30048V
… 30060V
… 30124V
… 30160V
4061580000
4061610000
4060120000
4061620000
4061630000
4061590000
4061600000
Technical data (of relay manufacturer)
Contact number and type
Contact version
1 changeover contact
Single contact
6 A
Switching current
Switching voltage / max. Switching voltage
Braking capacity
300 Vdc / 400 Vac
1500 VA
Contact material
AgSnO
2
Recommended min. load
Typ. bounce time NO contact
Typ. bounce time normally closed contact
≥ 100 mA, 12 V
1 ms
5 ms
Miscellaneous data
Flammability class UL
V-0
Ambient temperature
-40 ... +85 °C
Max. switching operations with rated load / without load
Response / drop out time
6/1200 switching operations per minute
5 / 2.5 ms
1.5 / 5 ms
IP 67
Bounce time NO contact / normally closed contact
Protection class Housing
acc. to
For further data see also
www.matsushita.de
89
Relay Couplers on Sockets RS 30
1 NC, 1 NO
or 1 changeover contact
Schematic circuit diagram
1
2
3
4
Rated data
2
Input voltage 5…60 V 10ꢀ; 115 V/230 V + 5ꢀ – 15ꢀ
Rated consumption – (W)
5 VTTL
12 V–
24 V–
0.45 W
–
24 V0
0.45 W
0.7 VA
48 V–
0.45 W
–
48 V0
0.45 W
0.6 VA
2.5 mA–
4.5 mA~
–
60 V–
0.45 W
–
115 V~
115 V–
0.82 W
–
230 V~ ) 240 V~
1
0.45 W ) 0.45 W
–
–
–
Rated consumption ~ (VA)
–
–
0.8 VA
–
0.8 VA
–
1.2 VA
0.5 mA–
1 mA~
–
Drop-out current of the relay (at 20 °C)
Drop-out current of the relay (at 20 °C)
Pick-up current
–
3 mA
–
3 mA
–
2.5 mA– 2 mA
1 mA–
–
2 mA–
–
–
3.5 mA~
–
–
1 mA~
6 mA
250 V
5 A
1 mA~
–
–
–
12 mA
250 V
6 A
10 mA
250 V
6 A
–
4.3 mA
250 V
5 A
Max. output voltage
250 V
5 A
250 V
6 A
250 V
6 A
250 V
5 A
250 V
5 A
250 V
3 A
250 V
3 A
Continuous current
Derating curve
Continuous current
a = mounted horizontally on rail without clearance
b = mounted horizontally on rail with clearance x 20 mm
Continuous operation
Clearance > 20 mm
48 V~/230 V~/240 V~
Continuous
current
On/off switch. mode
< 1 min (50/50 %)
Ambient temperature
Switch-on current
8 A
Switching capacity with resistive load
Min. switching capacity/switching current
Bounce times
2000 VA/100 W
250 mW/10 mA
≤ 3 ms
Switching times, typical
–, pick-up lag
≤ 8 ms
≤ 7 ms
70 Hz
≤ 8 ms
≤ 8 ms
≤ 7 ms
70 Hz
≤ 8 ms
≤ 12 ms
≤ 13 ms
≤ 12 ms
20 Hz
≤ 12 ms
≤ 9 ms
≤ 8 ms
30 Hz
≤ 12 ms
≤ 11 ms
70 Hz
≤ 10 ms
≤ 9 ms
30 Hz
≤ 10 ms
≤ 9 ms
30 Hz
–, turn off delay
≤ 7 ms
≤ 16 ms ≤ 11 ms
30 Hz 70 Hz
≤ 11 ms
Max. switching frequency
Contact material
70 Hz
70 Hz
AgNi, gold-flashed
7
Service life, mechanical
–, 24 V–, 1 A, resistive load
–, 230 V~, 3 A, resistive load
Storage temperature
>10 switching operations
5
> 5 x 10 switching operations
5
>7 x 10 switching operations
–40 °C…+60 °C
Ambient temperature
–, mounted on rail without clearance
–, mounted on rail with clearance ≥ 20 mm
–25 °C…+40 °C
–25 °C…+50 °C
Insulation coordination acc. to EN 50178
Overvoltage category
III
2
Pollution severity
Dimensions
Mounting width
11.2 mm NO/NC, 25 mm changeover contacts
70 mm (74 mm BL/SL version)
56 mm/51.5 mm
Length (perpendicular to mounting rail)
Height TS 32/TS 35 x 7.5
1
) Rated consumption with 24 VDC auxilary voltage.
) 230 V– on request
2
90
Relay Couplers on Sockets RS 30
RS 30
Screw connection
1 NO
RS 30
RS 30
RS 30 TTL
Screw connection
Disconnect plug with
screw connection
Disconnect plug with
screw connection
1 NO and 1 NC
1 changeover contact
1 NC
1 changeover contact
5
6
7
8
Ordering data
Screw connection (LP)
Disconnect plug with screw connection (BL/SL)
Connection method
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
8
Schematic circuit diagram
Contact
NO
NO
NC
NC
changeo. c.
changeo. c.
changeo. c.
NO
NC
Input
Function
indicator
None
voltage
5 V–, TTL
12 V–
1167760000
1167660000
None
1129660000
1100360000
Red LED
None
1129421001
1101661001
1101611001
1101621001
1129521001
1100961001
1100911001
1100921001
1100260000
1100210000
1100220000
24 V–
24 Vb
48 V–
Green LED
Red LED
None
1181511001
1181521001
1101761001
1101711001
1101721001
1101061001
1101011001
1101021001
Green LED
Red LED
None
1101861001
1101811001
1101821001
1101161001
1101111001
1101121001
1100460000
1100410000
1100420000
Green LED
Red LED
None
1101961001
1101911001
1101921001
1101261001
1101211001
1101221001
1100560000
48 Vb
60 V–
Green LED
Red LED
None
1102061001
1102011001
1102021001
1155161001
1155111001
1155121001
1100660000
1100610000
1100620000
Green LED
Red LED
None
1155261001
1155211001
1155221001
115 V–
115 V~
230 V~
240 V~
Green LED
Red LED
None
1102161001
1102111001
1102121001
1102261001
1102211001
1102221001
1128561001
1128511001
1128521001
1101461001
1101411001
1101421001
1101561001
1101511001
1101521001
1128661001
1128611001
1128621001
1100760000
1100860000
Green LED
Red LED
None
Green LED
Red LED
None
Green LED
Red LED
91
Relay Couplers on Sockets RS 30
1 changeover contact
RS 31
with power contacts
ꢀ Usable for high switching-power
ꢀ Suitable for switching inductive loads
Schematic circuit diagram
Ordering data
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
RS 31, 24 V–
RS 31, 24 V–
RS 31, 24 V–
1128361001
1128331001
1128311001
RS 31, 48 V–
1150761001
RS 31, 115 V– 1150361001
RS 31, 115 V~ 1150461001
Rated data
Input voltage
24 V–, 10 ꢀ
48 V–, 10 ꢀ
115 V–, +5 ꢀ –15 ꢀ
115 V~, +5 ꢀ –15 ꢀ
Rated consumption – (W)
Rated consumption – (VA)
Drop-out current of the relay (at 20 °C)
Drop-out current of the relay (at 20 °C)
Max. output voltage
1 W
1 W
1 W
–
–
–
–
1 VA
–
11.5 mA–
–
13.5 mA–
–
5.5 mA–
–
1.5 mA~
250 V
16 A
250 V
16 A
250 V
16 A
250 V
16 A
Continuous current
Derating curve
mounted horizontally on rail without clearance
Continuous
current
Ambient temperature
Switch-on current
60 A/200 ms
3.5 kVA/480 W
1 W/100 mA
< 3 ms
60 A/200 ms
3.5 kVA/480 W
1 W/100 mA
< 6 ms
60 A/200 ms
3.5 kVA/480 W
1 W/100 mA
< 6 ms
60 A/200 ms
3.5 kVA/480 W
1 W/100 mA
< 6 ms
Max. switching capacity with resistor load
Min. switching capacity/switching current
Bounce times
Switching times, typical
–, pick-up lag
< 9 ms
< 12 ms
< 8 ms
< 10 ms
< 12 ms
< 4 ms
–, turn off delay
< 10 ms
< 11 ms
Max. switching frequency
Contact material
AgCdO
7
AgCdO
7
AgCdO
AgCdO
7
7
Service life, mechanical
– 230 V, 50 Hz, 3.5 kV A
Status indicator
3 x 10 switching operations
3 x 10 switching operations
3 x 10 switching operations
3 x 10 switching operations
5
5
5
5
2.5 x 10 switching operations
2.5 x 10 switching operations
2.5 x 10 switching operations
2.5 x 10 switching operations
Red LED
Yellow LED
Green LED
1128361001
1128331001
1150761001
1150361001
1150461001
1128311001
Storage temperature
–40 °C…+60 °C
–25 °C…+40 °C
–40 °C…+60 °C
–25 °C…+40 °C
–40 °C…+60 °C
–25 °C…+40 °C
–40 °C…+60 °C
–25 °C…+40 °C
Ambient temperature
Insulation coordination acc. to EN 50178
Overvoltage category
III
2
III
2
III
2
III
2
Pollution severity
Dimensions
Mounting width
25 mm
25 mm
25 mm
25 mm
Length (perdendicular to mounting rail)
Height with TS 32/TS 35 x 7.5
70 mm
70 mm
70 mm
70 mm
58 mm/53.5 mm
58 mm/53.5 mm
58 mm/53.5 mm
58 mm/53.5 mm
92
Relay Coupler on Locking Socket Profile RS 31
RS 31
with power contacts
Type
Cat. No.
RS 31, 230 V~ 1128461001
RS 31, 230 V~ 1128431001
RS 31, 230 V~ 1128411001
230 V~, +5 ꢀ –15 ꢀ
–
1 VA
–
2.2 mA~
250 V
16 A
60 A/200 ms
3.5 kVA/480 W
1 W/100 mA
< 6 ms
< 10 ms
< 8 ms
AgCdO
7
3 x 10 switching operations
5
2.5 x 10 switching operations
1128461001
1128431001
1128411001
–40 °C…+60 °C
–25 °C…+40 °C
III
2
25 mm
70 mm
58 mm/53.5 mm
93
Relay Couplers on Sockets RS 32
with 2 changeover contacts
RS 32
RS 32
Schematic circuit diagram
9406021001
9406121001
9406321001
9406521001
Ordering data
Type
Cat. No.
9406021001
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
9406221001
Type
Cat. No.
RS 32
RS 32
9406121001
RS 32
RS 32
9406321001
Rated data
Input voltage
12 V–, 10 ꢀ
24 V–, 10 ꢀ
24 V0, 10 ꢀ
0.6 W
48 V–, 10 ꢀ
Rated consumption – (W)
Rated consumption ~ (VA)
Drop-out current of the relay** (at 20 °C)
Drop-out current of the relay** (at 20 °C)
Max. output voltage
0.6 W
–
0.6 W
–
0.6 W
–
0.9 VA
9.5 mA
–
5 mA
–
24 V–: 4.5 mA
24 V~: 2.5 mA
250 V
2 mA
–
250 V
2 x 4 A
250 V
2 x 4 A
250 V
2 x 4 A
Continuous current
2 x 4 A
Derating curve
mounted horizontally on rail without clearance
Continuous
current
Ambient temperature
Switch-on current
2 x 6 A
2 x 6 A
2 x 6 A
2 x 6 A
Max. switching capacity with resistor load
Min. switching capacity/switching current
Bounce times
1400 VA
1400 VA
1400 VA
1400 VA
≤ 4 ms
≤ 4 ms
≤ 4 ms
≤ 4 ms
Switching times, typical
–, pick-up lag
≤ 13 ms
≤ 10 ms
≤ 13 ms
≤ 10 ms
≤ 13 ms
≤ 10 ms
≤ 13 ms
≤ 10 ms
–, turn off delay
Max. switching frequency
Contact material
AgNi0.15, gold-flashed
AgNi0.15, gold-flashed
AgNi0.15, gold-flashed
AgNi0.15, gold-flashed
6
6
6
6
Service life, mechanical
–, 24 V–, 1 A, resistive load
–, 230 V~, 3 A, resistive load
Status indicator
> 30x10 switching operations
> 30x10 switching operations
> 30x10 switching operations
> 30x10 switching operations
Red LED
Red LED
Red LED
Red LED
Storage temperature
–40 °C…+60 °C
–25 °C…+40 °C
–40 °C…+60 °C
–25 °C…+40 °C
CSA
–40 °C…+60 °C
–25 °C…+40 °C
–40 °C…+60 °C
–25 °C…+40 °C
CSA
Ambient temperature
Approvals
Insulation coordination acc. to EN 50178
Overvoltage category
Pollution severity
III
2
III
2
III
2
III
2
Dimensions
Mounting width
25 mm
25 mm
25 mm
25 mm
Length (perpendicular to mounting rail)
Height with TS 32/TS 35 x 7.5
70 mm
70 mm
70 mm
70 mm
68 mm/63.5 mm
68 mm/63.5 mm
68 mm/63.5 mm
68 mm/63.5 mm
94
Relay Couplers on Sockets RS 32
RS 32
9406221001
9406421001
9406621001
9406721001
1122661001
1122761001
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
RS 32
9406421001
RS 32
9406521001
RS 32
9406621001
RS 32
9406721001
RS 32
1122661001
RS 32
1122761001
48 V0, 10 ꢀ
0.6 W
60 V–, 10 ꢀ
115 V0, +5 ꢀ –15 ꢀ
0.5 W
230 V0, +5 ꢀ –15 ꢀ
1 W
24 V/48 V0, 10 ꢀ
0.5 W/0.6 W
0.7 VA/0.9 VA
–: 5 mA/2 mA
~: 3 mA/4.5 mA
250 V
115 V/230 V0, +5 ꢀ –15 ꢀ
0.5 W/1 W
0.6 W
–
0.9 VA
0.6 VA
1 VA
0.6 VA/1 VA
48 V–: 2 mA
48 V~: 4.5 mA
250 V
1.5 mA
–
115 V–: 1 mA
115 V~: 1.5 mA
250 V
230 V–: 1.2 mA
230 V~: 2 mA
250 V
–: 1 mA/1.2 mA
~: 1.5 mA/2 mA
250 V
250 V
2 x 4 A
2 x 4 A
2 x 4 A
2 x 4 A
2 x 4 A
2 x 4 A
2 x 6 A
2 x 6 A
2 x 6 A
2 x 6 A
2 x 6 A
2 x 6 A
1400 VA
1400 VA
1400 VA
1400 VA
1400 VA
1400 VA
≤ 4 ms
≤ 4 ms
≤ 4 ms
≤ 4 ms
≤ 4 ms
≤ 4 ms
≤ 13 ms
≤ 10 ms
≤ 10 ms
≤ 10 ms
≤ 13 ms
≤ 10 ms
≤ 13 ms
≤ 10 ms
≤ 13 ms
≤ 10 ms
≤ 13 ms
≤ 10 ms
AgNi0.15, gold-flashed
AgNi0.15, gold-flashed
AgNi0.15, gold-flashed
AgNi0.15, gold-flashed
AgNi0.15, gold-flashed
AgNi0.15, gold-flashed
6
6
6
6
6
6
> 30x10 switching operations
> 30x10 switching operations
> 30x10 switching operations
> 30x10 switching operations
> 30x10 switching operations
> 30x10 switching operations
Red LED
Red LED
Red LED
Red LED
Green LED
Green LED
–40 °C…+60 °C
–25 °C…+40 °C
–40 °C…+60 °C
–25 °C…+40 °C
–40 °C…+60 °C
–25 °C…+40 °C
–40 °C…+60 °C
–25 °C…+40 °C
–40 °C…+60 °C
–25 °C…+40 °C
–40 °C…+60 °C
–25 °C…+40 °C
III
2
III
2
III
2
III
2
III
2
III
2
25 mm
25 mm
25 mm
25 mm
25 mm
25 mm
70 mm
70 mm
70 mm
70 mm
70 mm
70 mm
68 mm/63.5 mm
68 mm/63.5 mm
68 mm/63.5 mm
68 mm/63.5 mm
68 mm/63.5 mm
68 mm/63.5 mm
95
Multiple Socket Interface RSM
(Relay Coupler)
RSM 4 R 4 relays, soldered
RSM 4 RS 4 relays, plug-in
RSM 8 R 8 relays, soldered
RSM 8 RS 8 relays, plug-in
with one changeover contact each
Also available as opto-coupler (max. 48 V),
See page 120/121
Fixing feet can also be mounted turned through 180°
DC voltage, positive switching
Schematic circuit diagram
Rated data
24 V–
24 V0
48 V–
48 V0
115 V~
115 V0
230 V~
230 V0
Input voltage
0.45 W
0.45 W
0.45 W
0.45 W
–
–
–
–
Rated consumption –(W)
soldered relay
plug-in relay
soldered relay
plug-in relay
soldered relay
plug-in relay
soldered relay
plug-in relay
0.55 W
–
0.55 W
–
–
–
–
–
–
0.5 VA
–
0.6 VA
0.6 VA
0.6 VA
0.6 VA
5 mA
–
0.9 VA
0.9 VA
1.2 VA
3 mA
–
Rated consumption ~(VA)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
0.6 VA
1.2 VA
12 mA
–
10 mA
–
–
Pick-up current – (mA)
23 mA
12 mA
–
14 mA
–
–
–
(mA)
Pick-up current ~ (mA)
(mA)
–
–
–
–
–
6 mA
–
–
3.5 mA
–
16.5 mA
5 mA
4 mA
–
2 mA
250 V
6 A
1.5 mA
250 V
6 A
1 mA
250 V
6 A
1 mA
250 V
3 A
Drop-out current of the relay (at 20 °C)
Max. output voltage
250 V
6 A
250 V
6 A
250 V
6 A
250 V
3 A
Continuous current
Derating-curve
a = mounted horizontally on rail without clearance
b = mounted horizontally on rail with clearance ≥ 20 mm
Continuous
current
Ambient temperature
Switching times, typical
–, pick-up lag (–/~)
≤ 8 ms
≤ 7 ms
≤
≤
≤
10 ms/10 ms ≤ 12 ms
15 ms/20 ms ≤ 11 ms
3 ms 3 ms
≤
≤
≤
10 ms/12 ms ≤ 10 ms
15 ms/20 ms ≤ 10 ms
3 ms 3 ms
≤ 8 ms/10 ms ≤ 10 ms
≤ 5 ms/8 ms ≤ 10 ms
≤ 8 ms/10 ms
≤ 7 ms/8 ms
–, turn off delay (–/~)
≤
3 ms
≤
≤
≤
3 ms
≤
3 ms
≤ 3 ms
Bounce times
8 A
8 A
8 A
8 A
8 A
8 A
8 A
8 A
Switch-on current
2000 VA
2000 VA
2000 VA
2000 VA
2000 VA
2000 VA
2000 VA
2000 VA
Switching capacity with resistive load
Min. switching capacity/switching current
Contact material
250 mW/10 mA
AgNi 90/10, AgNi0,15, gold-flashed
6
> 30x10 switching operations
Service life, mechanical
–, 24 V–, 1 A, resistive load
–, 230 V~, 3 A, resistive load
Storage temperature
5
>5 x 10 switching operations
5
>7 x 10 switching operations
–40 °C…+60 °C
–25 °C…+50 °C
Ambient temperature
Insulation coordination acc. to EN 50178
Overvoltage category
III
2
Pollution severity
Dimensions
2
0.5…2.5 mm
Conductor cross-section (screw connection)
Spare relay (pluggable)
for 24 V-RSM types
Input voltage
24 V–
Contact material
Cat. No.
Notes
AgNi 90/10
AgNi 90/10
AgNi 90/10
AgNi 90/10
AgNi 90/10
AgNi 90/10
Au 5
8630780000
4058480000
8630790000
4058740000
8630770000
4058500000
4156970000
RT 314024 with yoke
RT 314024 without yoke
RT 314048 with yoke
RT 314048 without yoke
RT 314110 with yoke
RT 314110 without yoke
24 V–
48 V–
for 48 V-RSM types
48 V–
115 V–
115 V–
115 V–
for 115 V, 230 V-RSM types
ZLT input relay KHU/BV 1680
96
Multiple Socket Interface RSM
RSM 16 RS
16 relays, plug-in
Red LEDs, further colours on request
DC voltage, negative switching
AC-DC/DC voltage
Ordering data
Connection technology
Input/output
Input
RSM 4 R/RS RSM 8 R/RS RSM 16 R/RS Positve
Negative
Relay
Relay
Relay
Mounted
width
1
2
voltage
24 VDC
4 relays
8 relays
16 relays
switching ) switching ) pluggable
pluggable
soldered
Ribbon cable/
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
–
1113161001
1100061001
1113261001
1100161001
1112361001
1112761001
145 mm
145 mm
285 mm
285 mm
75 mm
Screw connection
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
Male connector block with interlock
according to DIN 41651/Parts 1 and 2
ꢀ
ꢀ
3
4
24 VDC
ꢀ
ꢀ
1113361001 )
8017581001 )
3
Screw connection
1113461001 )
75 mm
3
4
• Input:
- Relay pluggable
ꢀ
ꢀ
1113561001 ) • 8003671001 ) • 1107761001
145 mm
145 mm
285 mm
285 mm
75 mm
3
Screw connection and
male conn. block acc. to
IEC 603-1/ DIN 41651
- Relay soldered
1113661001 ) •
1112661001
3
4
ꢀ
ꢀ
1113761001 ) • 8018221001 ) • 1107861001
3
1113861001 ) •
1173461001
1173561001
1173661001
1113061001
24 V0
ꢀ
male conn. block acc. to
IEC 603-1/ DIN 41651
ꢀ
145 mm
285 mm
ꢀ
• Output: Screw connection
48 VDC
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
1113961001
1114061001
1114161001 •
1114261001 •
1114361001 •
1114461001 •
1173761001
1112461001
75 mm
75 mm
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
145 mm
145 mm
285 mm
285 mm
75 mm
ꢀ
ꢀ
48 V0
ꢀ
ꢀ
115 V0
1114561001
1114661001
1114761001
75 mm
145 mm
285 mm
ꢀ
ꢀ
230 V~
ꢀ
ꢀ
1114861001
1114961001
1115061001
75 mm
145 mm
285 mm
75 mm
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
230 V0
1123461001
1108061001
1108261001
145 mm
285 mm
Spare relays
on request
1
3
4
) Common negative potential, positive is switched
) Common negative potential, negative is switched
) Approval by the Germanischer Lloyd
) Empty modules without relays
2
97
Relay Socket Module for Industry Relays
Weidmüller relay sockets for mounting rails The contacts available at the output are:
enable plug-in relays most commonly
used in industry to be mounted; they
make possible installations in which the
2, 3 or 4 changeover contacts.
The marking of the contacts in the follow-
ing diagram corresponds to European
control section and power section are per- standard EN 50005.
fectly separated. The coil terminals and
the connection terminals are located on
opposite sides of the locking socket mod-
ules.
The conductors are connected via screw
terminals; the securing in the terminal is
achieved by a clamping yoke system. This
method has been used by Weidmüller for
many years, and is the only method that
guarantees a reliable connection in indus-
trial applications.
Thanks to their combination foot, these
modules can be mounted onto TS 32, TS
35x7.5, TS 35x15 mounting rails in accor-
dance with European standards EN 50035
and EN 50022.
The connections are marked according to
European Standard EN 50005. The mod-
ules are designed for DC relays (with a
damping diode parallel to the coil, as well
as a protection diode for reverse polarity
protection) and AC relays.
They can be provided with an LED on
request.
The standard range of relay socket mod-
ules is divided as follows:
Group 1:
RS 3 (2 changeover contacts)
RS 4, RS 14 (4 changeover contacts)
For relays of the type “international”
Group 2:
DC voltage
RS 6 (2 changeover contacts)
RS 7, 17 (3 changeover cont.)
RS 8, 18 (4 changeover cont.)
RS 9 (2 changeover cont.)
Size 1
Size 2
Size 2
Size 2
For relays of the type "European".
Relays with 4 changeover contacts (size 2)
can be secured to RS 7, RS 17 and RS 9;
however, only 3 or 2 changeover contacts
are connected to the terminals, which
results in space savings.
Ac voltage
Group 3: RS 21 (2 changeover contacts)
RS 23 (3 changeover contacts)
RS 24 (2 x 3 changeover cont.)
For relays with one socket with 8 or 11
pins.
The table on page 87 offers an overview of
the most important manufacturers of
relays in groups 2, 3 and 4. The list is pro-
vided for information purposes only, and
does not claim to be complete
The input terminals are doubled, in order
to pick off the poles. Note the following for
DC current operation:
A1 = +
A2 = –
98
List of Plug-in Relays for Weidmüller Relay Socket Modules
Group 1
Group 2
Group 3
International relays
European relays
Relays with socket oktal
• RS 3 2 changeover contacts
• RS 6 2 changeover contacts (Size 1)
• RS 7, RS 17 3 changeover cont. (Size 2)
• RS 8, RS 18 4 changeover cont. (Size 2)
• RS 9 2 changeover cont. (Size 2)
Relay type
• RS 21 2 changeover contacts
• RS 23 3 changeover contacts
• RS 24 2x3 changeover contacts
• RS 4, RS 14 4 changeover contacts
Manufacturer
EBERLE
Relay type
Relay type
•
•
–
–
•
–
•
–
• Type 40701
• Type 41454
• Type 41454
• Type 40701
•
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
ELESTA
FEME
•
•
–
–
•
• SKR 085
• SKR 115
•
•
•
•
–
–
•
• RCP 8
•
• RCP 11
• RCP 11
•
•
GRUNER
HALLER
•
•
–
–
• Series 9065 G
• Series 668 B 2 changeover contacts
• Series 668 A 3 changeover contacts
• Series 668 A 3 changeover contacts
• Series 9059 G/9066 G
• Series 9059 G/9066 G
• Series 9059 G/9066 G
•
•
–
–
• Series H-561 Size 1
• HB-1/1
• HB-1/2
• HB-1/2
• Series H-561 Size 2
• Series H-561 Size 2
• Series H-561 Size 2
ITT (MTI)
• MAT 2
• MAT 4
• Type 24
•
•
•
–
–
–
• Type 25
• Type 25
• Type 25
FUJITSU
KUHNKE
KUKE
• FRL 263-02
• FRL 263-04
•
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
• FRL 256-02
• FRL 256-04
• FRL 256-04
•
•
•
•
–
•
• Universal relays-M/-H/-U
• Universal relays-M/-H/-U
• Universal relays-M/-H/-U
• Type 111 A4
•
•
•
•
•
–
–
• Miniature relays Type 01
• Miniature relays Type 02
• Miniature relays Type 02
• Miniature relays Type 02
•
•
•
•
–
–
–
NATIONAL
OMRON
• HC 2
• HC 4
–
–
–
–
•
•
•
–
–
–
•
•
•
• MY 2
• MY 4
• MHS-2
• MK 2
• MK 3
• MK 3
• MHS-4
• MHS-4
• MHS-4
POTTER & BRUMFIELD
•
–
•
–
• Series KAP
• Series KAP
• Series KAP
• Series KH
• Series R 10
• Series R 10
• Series R 10
• Series 012 Size 1
• Series 012 Size 2
• Series 012 Size 2
• Series 012 Size 2
• Relays N, S, W Size 1
• Relays N, S, W Size 2
• Relays N, S, W Size 2
• Relays N, S, W Size 2
• K 2
RAPA
•
•
–
–
• Series C-Type CKR
• Series C-Type CKR
• Series C-Type CKR
Tyco/SCHRACK
SDS
• ZT 4
• PT 4
• Series RN/RC
• Series RN/RC
• Series RN/RC
• HC 2
• HC 4
• K 4
• K 4
• K 4
TEC
•
–
–
• Type 1350
• Type 1360
• Type 1360
• Type 1360
• Type 1210
• Type 1210
• Type 1210
• Type 1301
ZETTLER
•
• AZ E 20, AZ 420, AZ 420 W
• AZ E 21, AZ 421, AZ 421 W
• AZ E 21, AZ 421, AZ 421 W
• AZ E 21, AZ 421, AZ 421 W
• AZ 1010 – AZ 509 2 C
• AZ 1010 – AZ 509 3 C
• AZ 1010 – AZ 509 3 C
• TEC 1401
99
Relay Sockets for Industry Relays
PT 4 industry relays
4-pole, with test button
Rated data
Contact data
4 changeover contacts
Single contacts
Contact number and type
Contact version
AgNi 90/10, AgNi 90/10 htv
1500 VA
Contact material
Max. braking capacity AC
Rated voltage
250 V~
6 A / contact
Continuous current
Switch-on current
Min. contact rating
12 A / contact
24V, 10 mA / 20 m, 1 mA htv
6
DC coil > 30x10
Mechanical service life
6
AC coil > 20x10
15/10 ms
5 ms
Response / drop out time
Bounce time
2.5 kV coil / contact
eff
Test voltage
B, 60 V~/75 V
Isolation acc. to IEC664
Rated voltage
250 V
2
Pollution severity
III
Overvoltage category
Insulation group / reference voltage
Approvals
B/250
VDE, UL, CSA
Miscellaneous data
Protection class
IP50
V-0
Flammability class UL 94
Ambient temperature
-40 … + 70 °C
-40 … + 70 °C
30g
DC coil
AC coil
Weight
Correspond. relay socket
• Relay sockets Type RS 3, RS 4 and RS 14
• Alternatives to ZT 4 see table on page 99
Type (ZT 4)
PT 570006
PT 570012
PT 570024
PT 570048
PT 570060
PT 570110
Best.-Nr
Ordering data
6 V–
8074650000
8054360000
1180700000
8074670000
8074680000
8074700000
12 V–
24 V–
48 V–
60 V–
115 V–
PT 570506
PT 570512
PT 570524
PT 570548
PT 570560
PT 570615
PT 570730
8074710000
8074730000
1181800000
1180900000
8074760000
1180800000
1181100000
6 V~
12 V~
24 V~
48 V~
60 V~
115 V~
230 V~
PT 28800
8572170000
Retainer clip for SIEMENS-Relays
100
Relay Sockets for Industry Relays
RS 3
RS 4
RS 14
Relay sockets for DC and AC
voltage relays
0125661001
with fixing foot for TS 32/TS 35x7.5 and TS 35x15
Relay type*
Schrack
Type PT 5
4-pole
Schrack
Type PT 5
4-pole
Schrack
Type PT 5
4-pole
Contacts on module
Sockeltyp
2 changeover contacts
4 changeover contacts
4 changeover contacts
Ordering data
RS 3
RS 4
RS 14
Relay socket for AC relays
(without diode)
0115161001
0116261001
0125561001
With red LED (230 V~)
1157561001
Relay socket for DC relays
with suppressor diode and reserve voltage protection
(diode 1 N 4007)
0115061001
0115011001
0116161001
0116121001
0125661001
1127661001
8025451001
With red LED (24 V–)
With green LED (24 V–)
Dimensions
Relay socket width
35 mm
7 mm
65 mm
7 mm
45 mm
7 mm
Insulation stripping length
Connection data
2
2
2
Screw connection, solid
Screw connection, flexible
Conductor cross-section
0.5…4 mm
0.5…4 mm
0.5…4 mm
2
2
2
0.5…2.5 mm
0.5…2.5 mm
0.5…2.5 mm
AWG 26…14
AWG 26…14
AWG 26…14
Rated data
Coil voltage (types without LED)
Contact voltage
250 V0
250 V~
5 A
250 V0
125 V~
250 V0
125 V~
5 A
Contact current
5 A
Accessories
Type
Cat. No.
Qty.
–
Type
Cat. No.
Qty.
–
Mounting rail (2 m lenghts)
TS 32
0122800000
0383400000
0498000000
0199360000
0383560000
0515200000
0515300000
0116000000
TS 32
0122800000
0383400000
0498000000
0199360000
0383560000
0515200000
0515300000
0116000000
TS 35x7.5
TS 35x15
EWK 2
EW 35
ESo 7
–
TS 35x7.5
TS 35x15
EWK 2
EW 35
ESo 7
–
–
–
End bracket (thickness mm)
50
50
–
50
50
–
Insert tag (blanc)**
Protective strip, transparent**
Retainer clip for Schrack relays
SSt 7
100
25
SSt 7
100
25
ZG 28800
ZG 28800
* Relay not included in delivery
101
Relay Sockets for Industry Relays
Relay socket for DC and AC voltage relays RS 6
RS 6
RS 8
RS 9
RS 17
RS 18
with locking foot
for TS 32
TS 35x7.5
and TS 35x15
Assigning commercially available relays to the
Weidmüller relay sockets RS 6...RS 24:
0126061001
0115461001
•
Relay socket RS 6
Siemens cradle relay, size I
Zettler cradle-operated relay AZ 420
RAPA range 012, size 1
•
Relay socket type RS 7, RS 8, RS 9, RS 17
and RS 18
Siemens cradle relay, size II
Zettler cradle-operated relay AZ 421
RAPA range 012, size II
•
Relay socket type RS 21, RS 23 and RS 24
Siemens/Schrack Universal
Industry relay RS/RN/RC
Siemens industry relay 10
Kuhnke universal relay
Zettler industrial relay AZ 1010
RAPA range C
(No claim is made that this is a complete list of manu-
facturers of relays or types of relays.)
®
®
®
®
®
®
Kamm-R.
Kamm-R.
Gr. II
Kamm-R.
Kamm-R.
Gr. II
Kamm-R.
Gr. II
Kamm-R.
Gr. II
Gr. II
Gr. I
Relay type*
3 changeov. c. 4 changeov. c.
(e. g. B 110) (e. g. B 110)
2 changeov. c. 3 changeov. c. 4 changeov. c. 2 changeov. c.
(e. g. B 104) (e. g. B 110) (e. g. B 110) (e. g. B 104)
RS 17
RS 18
RS 6
RS 7
RS 8
RS 9
0115361001
Ordering data
Socket type
Relay socket for AC relays
(without diode)
0125861001 0126061001
0126011001
0115261001 0115461001 0116361001 0188961001
Relay socket for DC relays
with suppressor diode and reserve voltage protection
(diode 1 N 4007)
With red LED (24 V–)
With green LED (24 V–)
35 mm
7 mm
45 mm
7 mm
35 mm
7 mm
50 mm
7 mm
65 mm
7 mm
35 mm
7 mm
Dimensions
Relay socket width
Insulation stripping length
Connection data
2
2
2
2
2
2
0.5…4 mm
0.5…4 mm
0.5…4 mm
0.5…4 mm
0.5…4 mm
0.5…4 mm
2
2
2
2
2
2
0.5…2.5 mm 0.5…2.5 mm
AWG 26…14 AWG 26…14
0.5…2.5 mm
0.5…2.5 mm
0.5…2.5 mm
0.5…2.5 mm
Screw connection, solid
Screw connection, flexible
Conductor cross-section
AWG 26…14
AWG 26…14
AWG 26…14
AWG 26…14
50 V0
125 V~
5 A
250 V0
125 V~
5 A
250 V0
250 V~
5 A
250 V0
250 V~
5 A
250 V0
125 V~
250 V0
250 V~
5 A
Rated data
Coil voltage (types without LED)
Contact voltage
5 A
Type
Cat. No.
Qty.
–
Type
Cat. No.
Qty.
–
Contact current
TS 32
0122800000
0383400000
0498000000
0199360000
0383560000
0515200000
0515300000
TS 32
0122800000
0383400000
0498000000
0199360000
0383560000
0515200000
0515300000
Accessories
TS 35x7.5
TS 35x15
EWK 2
EW 35
ESo 7
SSt 7
–
TS 35x7.5
TS 35x15
EWK 2
EW 35
ESo 7
–
Mounting rail (2 m lenghts)
–
–
50
50
–
50
50
–
End bracket (thickness mm)
100
SSt 7
100
Insert tag (blanc)**
Protective strip, transparent**
Retainer clip for Schrack relays
* Relay not included in delivery
** Not suitable for RS 12
102
Relay Coupler, Relay Sockets Module for Industry Relays
RS 21
RS 23
RS 24
0167161001
Plug-in relay for
Octal socket
8-pole
Plug-in relay for
submagnal socket
11-pole
2 changeov. c. 3 changeov. c. 2 x 3 changeov. c.
RS 21
RS 23
RS 24
on request
8010061001 on request
0167161001 0188661001 on request
35 mm
7 mm
40 mm
7 mm
75.5 mm
7 mm
2
2
2
0.5…4 mm
0.5…4 mm
0.5…4 mm
2
2
2
0.5…2.5 mm
0.5…2.5 mm
0.5…2.5 mm
AWG 26…14
AWG 26…14
AWG 26…14
250 V0
250 V~
6 A
250 V0
250 V~
6 A
250 V0
250 V~
6 A
Type
Cat. No.
Qty.
–
TS 32
0122800000
0383400000
0498000000
0199360000
0383560000
0515200000
0515300000
TS 35x7.5
TS 35x15
EWK 2
EW 35
ESo 7
–
–
50
50
–
SSt 7
100
103
Opto-coupler
104
Opto-coupler
With increasing automation, potential
separation between the control and field
sides of circuits is becoming increasingly
important. The control unit being the core
of the automation must be electrically safe
and free from feedback when coupled with
the various sensors and actuators. Opto-
coupler are being used in a growing num-
ber of applications. They offer the neces-
sary safety and have further advantages
such as:
Basic construction of the opto-coupler To eliminate these effects where possible,
interface:
Weidmüller opto-coupler use almost
exclusively semiconductors which have a
long life in terms of CTR.
The heart of the system is the opto-
electronic component (opto-coupler) that
effects the coupling.
Moreover, the insulation of a module is
highly important, since the actual coupling
of the input and output circuits takes
place optically. Thus the optical
component has to guarantee separation of
both circuits even in case of a defect.
Input from
control
Output to
periphery
Weidmüller opto-coupler comply with
DIN VDE 0884 to provide a maximum level
of safety.
- low power uptake on control side
- high switching frequency
- no contact bounce
Sender
Receiver
Appropriate switching circuits need to be
included to ensure that the entire com-
ponent provides reliable separation in
accordance with DIN VDE 0106,
Part 101.
- wear-free switching
An important parameter of this type of
modules is the CTR = current transfer
rate.
- insensitive to vibration
- use independent of location
- no mechanical parts
- long life
The CTR is given in % and is the ratio
between the input current IF and the
maximum available output current IC.
- high insulation voltage
Because of these features, opto-coupler
are an alternative to conventional, me-
chanical relay interfaces.
Example: IF = 10 mA; CTR = 100%
=> IC = 10 mA.
The CTR is affected by a number of
parameters such as:
For industrial usage, Weidmüller offers
modules with various input voltages and
housings.
- Ambient temperature
- efficiency of the luminescence diode
- geometric dimensions within the module
Circuit diagram of an opto-coupler
It also drops with time. The result is that
the switching levels change due to ageing.
Opto-coupler for protective separation
or galvanic isolation
The most important precondition for
achieving protective separation with opto-
electronic coupling modules is the partial
discharge test in accordance with DIN
VDE 0884. Double or reinforced insulation
for protective separation must be dis-
charge proof. High voltage tests, as are
usual with relays, cannot be carried out
with semi-conductors, because they could
lead to the destruction of the semi-con-
ductor. Safe separation for the given rated
voltage is applicable to coupling modules
that are integrated into opto-couplers if:
CTR
in %
- the opto-couplers are tested according
to DIN VDE 0884
t (Life time) - clearance and creepage distances on
the PCB and connection elements cor-
respond to EN 50 178, DIN VDE 0106
and 0109.
CTR as a function of operating life
105
Opto-coupler
Control side of the opto-coupler
interface
- as an AC/DC input:
Output side of the opto-coupler
Weidmüller opto-coupler are designed and
sized for a wide variety of applications.
Demands regarding the load side of opto-
couple modules could be:
3 basic circuits are to be differentiated on
the input side of the opto-coupler#s inter-
face:
- as a pure DC input with polarity protec-
tion diode wich prevents the opto-cou-
pler from being destroyed if the input
polarity is reversed.
- power amplification
- signal conditioning
AC/DC, DC/AC
Wrong polarity of the DC input signal is
not possible with this switching.
- short-circuit protection
- interference proof, etc.
The disadvantage of an AC/DC input cir-
cuit (driven by DC signal) is the low
To fulfil these requirements, the opto-cou-
pler must contain additional electronic
switching rate since the charging capacitor components which determine the func-
(CL, necessary for AC-input signal) lowers tionality of the opto-coupler.
the max. switching rate.
Thus there are 2 basic output variations
for opto-coupler
Output as
- 2 pole and
- 3 pole circuits
- pure AC-Input:
* Sample circuit
2-pole DC output
Here, too, the charging capacity lowers
the max. switching rate considerably.
Weidmüller opto-coupler with AC/DC
or AC input signals are designed for
40…60 Hz power supply.
With AC-signal input the max. switching
rate is below half the power supply
frequency.
* Wiring example
A high switching rate is not possible, oth-
erwise continuous switching in tune with
the power frequency would occur.
The 2-pole DC output is comparable to a
conventional switch. With this type it is
immaterial where the load is in the output
circuit. It is, however, important to provide
the necessary output supply voltage with
the right polarity.
106
Opto-coupler
Opto-couplers are normally given with an
output voltage supply from 5…48 VDC.
These values should not be cut or exceed-
ed on any occasion.
3-pole DC output
Protective circuit
All opto-coupler have a protective circuit in
the output (generally a free-wheeling
diode).
The load current should not be higher than
the stated max. output current.
Continuously exceeding this value will
destroy the output stage.
To prevent decoupling of interference
signals to other leads the load side
This type of output stage requires for safe should be protected.
function a potential-linked output voltage
The derating curve shows the dependency supply with an output that is either positive
Protection
of the output current as a function of the
Ambient temperature (see under the
respective product on the following
pages).
switching (common reference potential is
GND or 0 V) or negative switching
(common reference potential is the positive
voltage pole).
Standards
Weidmüller opto-coupler comply with the
following standards:
EN 50 178
Protective circuit for DC output
Protection
2-pole AC output
Furnishing of power engineering systems
with electronic equipment
DIN VDE 0106 Part 101
Sample circuit
Protection against flow of dangerous
currents into the human body; basic
requirements for reliable separation within
electrical equipment.
DIN VDE 0884
Protective circuit for AC output
Optoelectronic coupling devices for reliable
separation
A special semiconductor element (TRIAC)
in the output stage of the opto-coupler is
used to switch AC voltages.
Application example
DIN VDE 0109
Insulation coordination within low-voltage
system including clearance and creepage
distances for equipment
PLC
PLC
Inputs
Inputs
As for the DC-versions the appropriate
parameters (such as voltage, frequency,
max. load current, ambient temperature)
should be given consideration.
A neutral voltage switch ensures that the
load is switched only in the voltage zero.
To protect against voltage spikes, the
modules are allways fitted with appropriate
protection elements (varistors, RC-combi-
nation).
Opto-coupler output
Optoc-oupler input
Opto-coupler output
Opto-coupler input
Namur-
initiator
Actuator, e. g.
solenoid
Monitoring an actuator
Position monitoring
with namur intiator
107
Types of housing for opto-coupler
Modular system
Component housing WAVEBOX
PLUGSERIES/PLUGOPTO
is a new generation of pluggable SSR.
The core is an innovative relay socket
PXS or PXZ.
ported. The ideal design saves space and the relay and terminal business.
mounting costs in the switchgear cabinet. The PLUGopto is the ideal connection
Moreover, ergonomics and the design are technology between SSR and the
Component housing EG
Weidmüller component housings EG 1
and EG 2 are 18 mm wide. The fully
enclosed EG housings are fitted with
clamping yoke screw connections or
push-on blade connectors for attaching
wires. Conductors with the following
cross-sectional dimensions can be con-
gaining in importance for high-quality
opto-couplers interfaces. The WAVEBOX
fulfils these criteria and has the following
distinguishing features:
The WAVEBOX is characterised by:
• Optimal width for any application
(12.5 mm, 17.5 mm, 22.5 mm)
• Large component assembly surface;
SMD’s can be mounted on the solder
side
application.
Modular principle
The new PLUGSERIES is particularly ser-
vice friendly. Commercially available SSRs
are simply plugged: holding / dismounting
clamps guarantee secure mounting; LED
indicators with free-wheeling diode can be
simply plugged.
nected:
2
solid conductors:
0.5…4 mm or
2
flexible conductors: 0.5…2.5 mm .
The component housing EG 7 has a spe-
cial status. Is has been specifically
designed to accommodate 10-mm slim
opto-couplers.
EG 7 opto-coupler modules can be
mounted onto TS 32 or TS 35 rails.
The RS EG7 locking socket is also avail-
able for the OST opto-couplers.
The fully-enclosed EG 7 housing is fitted
with clamping yoke connections.
Conductors with the following cross-
sections can be connected:
• No tools required for assembly
• Plug-in printed circuit board
• Plug-in cross-connection via ZQV 2.5 N
• Hinged, transparent cover
• BLZ 5.08 screw/plug and socket
connector
• Easy plugging of SSR
- suitable for the standard design
and RT
• Independent connection technology:
screw or tension clamp
• BLFZ 5.08 optional tension clamp/plug
and socket connector
Rated cross-section 0.5 2.5 mm2
• Robust holding / dismounting clamp
• Control voltage 24 Vac/Vdc
• Rated switching voltage 24 Vdc, 24
Vac/Vdc, 230 Vac
• Marking option with WS tags
• Suitable for snap-fitting on TS 35
Connection systems
Available are BLZ screw-type connectors
• Up to 5 A continuous current
2
Component housing EG7: 0.5…1.5 mm
Locking socket:
as well as the BLZF tension clamp system • Low wiring costs thanks to ZQV 2.5N
2
2
0.5…2.5 mm .
for up to 2.5 mm flexible conductors for
maximum wiring flexibility.
(pluggable) cross-connectors
• Service-friendly modular system
- relay socket, LED indicator
- holding clamp and SSR
- mount onto TS 35
- marking options with WS marking
tags and holding clamps
Printed-circuit board removal
This takes place by pushing in the locking
hooks in way of the cover and with draw-
ing of the terminal level and printed circuit
board from the housing. This must not
take place with the supply connected.
Cross-connection
• Pluggable LED indicator with free-wheel-
ing diode
Housings of the same family arranged side
by side, can be cross-connected in the
base of the housing with the ZQV 2.5 N/2
cross-connector. The cross-connection
can be loaded with a current of up to 8 A.
By means of this arrangement, the supply
voltage can be cross-connected from one
electronic module to another. The voltage
transferred from the cross-connection to
the terminal level must not exceed 50 V.
Air vents
Slanted air vents control the temperature
and ventilate the housing base.
108
Weidmüller locking socket RS
Mini-coupler
Miniconditioner MCZ
The locking socket with opto-couplers RS All parts of the mini-coupler DKR and DKO The MCZ-housing is distinguished as one
40 have a width of 11.2 mm. The modules meet the specifications for a design that is of the slimest component-housings. A tool
on locking socket profiles are equipped
with clamping yoke (screw connection)
units for conductor connection.
Connectable are:
as slim as possible. The sensational width width of only 6 mm reduces space
of a mere 6 mm can be achieved by
employing the latest surface-mounted
devices (SMD). There are 4 or 5 screw
connections available which accept
conductors with cross-sectional
requirements in cabinets.
The MCZ is characterized by:
- Tension-clamp connection
2
solid conductors: 0.5…4 mm
- integrated cross-connection option for
input and output minimise wiring costs.
The mini conditioner MCZO (opto-cou-
plers) have 4 and 5 Z-tension spring con-
nections. The clampable conductor cross-
2
flexible conductors: 0.5…2.5 mm .
2
dimensions from 0.5…4 mm . The mini-
Locking socket with multiple
interfaces
coupler offer a wide range of options for
coupling digital sensor/actuator signals
between automation devices and the
process stage. With DKO opto-coupler,
signals from the field with different volt-
ages can be picked up and unified.
2
section is 0.5...1.5 mm .
Multiple interfaces RSM are optionally
available assembled with 4, 8 or 16 plug-
gable opto-couplers. Versions are avail-
able with joint positive and negative poten-
tials in order to reduce wiring on the input
side.
PCB clamping yoke screw connecter ele-
ments have clamping yoke units for con-
necting conductors with the following
cross-sections:
2
solid conductors: 0.5...4 mm
2
flexible conductors: 0.5...2.5 mm
Variants of the RSM couplers have male
connector blocks on the input side for
connecting pre-assembled cables, in
accordance with IEC 603-1/DIN 41651.
CE-marking
Weidmüller opto-coupler are marked with
the CE symbol and comply with the
requirements of
EN 50 081 Part 1 and EN 50 082 Part 2.
They can therefore be used for both
industrial as well as for commercial and
light industry.
Appropriate ESD measures should be
taken during installation. If connecting
wires are particularly long, overvoltage
protection should be provided in order to
prevent interference from electrical
disturbance in the atmosphere.
109
Opto-coupler
Electronic switching
Output
24 V
4 x
8 x
16 x
5 - 48 V
≤ 20 mA
ꢀ0558160000 ꢀ0609860000
5 - 48 V
≤ 0.1 A
5 - 48 V
≤ 0.5 A
5 - 48 V
≤ 20 mA
5 - 48 V
≤ 2.5 A
5 - 48 V
≤ 5 A
ꢀ8220870000
Page 130
ꢀ8275190000
Page 126
24 - 250 V 5 - 48 V
≤ 3.5 A ≤ 0.1 A
5 - 48 V
≤ 0.1 A
5 - 48 V
≤ 0.1 A
Housing
EG
Page 122
Page 123
ꢀ8237720000
WAVESERIES
WOS
Page 128
ꢀ8269050000 ꢀ8281720000
EG 7
Page 131
Page 131
ꢀ8092530000
ꢀ8234580000
Page 132
ꢀ1160961001 ꢀ1117461001
ꢀ1161761001 ꢀ8065031001
ꢀ1177860000 ꢀ1119460000
RS 40
RSM
Page 137
Page 137
ꢀ1123861001 ꢀ1124261001 ꢀ1124661001
ꢀ1123761001 ꢀ1125261001 ꢀ8018220000
ꢀ1125161001 ꢀ8003671001 ꢀ1124900000
ꢀ8017581001 ꢀ1124900000 ꢀ1170200000
ꢀ1124900000 ꢀ1170200000 ꢀ1153200000
ꢀ1170200000 ꢀ1153200000 ꢀ1121300000
ꢀ1153200000 ꢀ1121300000 ꢀ8082471001
ꢀ1121300000 ꢀ8021391001 ꢀ1124900000
Page 139
ꢀ1124900000 ꢀ1170200000
ꢀ1170200000 ꢀ1153200000
ꢀ1153200000 ꢀ1121300000
ꢀ1121300000 Page 139
Page 139
ꢀ8008090000
Page 116
ꢀ8008150000
ꢀ8019580000
Page 117
ꢀ8019590000
DKO 32
DKO 35
ꢀ8215600000
ꢀ8181990000
Page 118
Page 116
Page 117
ꢀ8028300000
ꢀ8215640000
ꢀ8248790000
Page 117
ꢀ8215630000
Page 118
ꢀ8228640000
ꢀ8228630000
Page 118
ꢀ8287730000
DKO 35/32
MCZ O
Page 119
ꢀ8365940000 ꢀ8398940000
Page 114
ꢀ8324610000
(5 V TTL)
Page 115
Page 114
Page 115
ꢀ8610840000 ꢀ8610860000
ꢀ8610920000 ꢀ8610930000
ꢀ8610900000 ꢀ8610910000
ꢀ8610970000 ꢀ8610980000
ꢀ8610890000 ꢀ8615590000
ꢀ8610960000 ꢀ8615630000
ꢀ8615600000 Page 134
ꢀ8615640000
PLUGSERIES
POS/POZ
ꢀ8615620000
ꢀ8615650000
Page 134
ꢀ 24 V dc
ꢀ 24 Vuc/ac
ꢀ Replacement opto-coupler dc and ac/dc
ꢀ Empty socket
Reliable
separation
110
Opto-coupler
Electronic switching
Output
48 V
4 x
8 x
16 x
5 - 48 V
≤ 20 mA
5 - 48 V
≤ 0.1 A
5 - 48 V
≤ 0.5 A
5 - 48 V
≤ 20 mA
5 - 48 V
≤ 2.5 A
5 - 48 V
≤ 5 A
24 - 250 V 5 - 48 V
≤ 3.5 A ≤ 0.1 A
5 - 48 V
≤ 0.1 A
5 - 48 V
≤ 0.1 A
Housing
EG 7
ꢀ8092550000
Page 132
ꢀ8234590000
Page 132
ꢀ1161061001
Page 137
ꢀ1161860000
Page 137
RS 40
ꢀ8151230000
DKO 35
Page 120
Output
115 V
4 x
4 x
8 x
16 x
5 - 48 V
≤ 20 mA
5 - 48 V
≤ 0.1 A
ꢀ0131860000
5 - 48 V
≤ 0.5 A
5 - 48 V
≤ 20 mA
5 - 48 V
≤ 2.5 A
5 - 48 V
≤ 5 A
24 - 250 V 5 - 48 V
≤ 3.5 A ≤ 0.1 A
5 - 48 V
≤ 0.1 A
5 - 48 V
≤ 0.1 A
Housing
EG
Page 123
ꢀ8235180000
ꢀ8296250000 ꢀ8259950000 ꢀ8275360000
WAVESERIES
WOS
Page 125
Page 126
Page 127
Page 128
ꢀ8092570000
ꢀ8234600000
ꢀ8397420000
ꢀ8315590000
Page 133
EG 7
ꢀ1161161001
ꢀ1161960000
Page 137
RS 40
ꢀ8027980000
Page 119
ꢀ8077860000
DKO 32
DKO 35
Page 119
ꢀ8131660000
Page 120
ꢀ8421060000
MCZ O
Page 114
ꢀ Vdc
Reliable
separation
ꢀ Vuc/ac
111
Opto-coupler
Electronic switching
Output
230 V
4 x
8 x
16 x
5 - 48 V
≤ 20 mA
5 - 48 V
≤ 0.1 A
ꢀ0546360000
5 - 48 V
≤ 0.5 A
5 - 48 V
≤ 20 mA
5 - 48 V
≤ 2.5 A
5 - 48 V
≤ 5 A
24 - 250 V 5 - 48 V
≤ 3.5 A ≤ 0.1 A
5 - 48 V
≤ 0.1 A
5 - 48 V
≤ 0.1 A
Housing
EG
Page 123
ꢀ8275380000
ꢀ8275220000 ꢀ8275400000 ꢀ8275340000
WAVESERIES
WOS
Page 125
Page 126
Page 127
Page 128
ꢀ8092590000
ꢀ8234610000
ꢀ8387580000
ꢀ8394990000
Page 133
EG 7
ꢀ1161461001
ꢀ1162060000
ꢀ8182690000
Page 137
RS 40
ꢀ8008100000
Page 119
ꢀ8008160000
DKO 32
DKO 35
MCZ O
Page 119
ꢀ8421380000
Page 114
ꢀ 230 Vuc/ac
112
Opto-coupler
Electronic switching
Output
12 V
4 x
24 - 250 V 5 - 48 V
8 x
16 x
5 - 48 V
5 - 48 V
5 - 48 V
5 - 48 V
5 - 48 V
5 - 48 V
5 - 48 V
5 - 48 V
Housing
EGO
≤ 20 mA
ꢀ8011250000 ꢀ0114260000
≤ 0.1 A
≤ 0.5 A
≤ 20 mA
≤ 2.5 A
≤ 5 A
≤ 3.5 A
≤ 0.1 A
≤ 0.1 A
≤ 0.1 A
Page 122
Page 122
ꢀ8275500000
WAVESERIES
WOS
Page 124
ꢀ8092510000
ꢀ8234570000
Page 132
ꢀ1118760000
ꢀ1161660000
Page 137
EGO 7
RS 40
RSM O
ꢀ8017581001 ꢀ8003671001 ꢀ8018221001
ꢀ1121200000 ꢀ1121200000 ꢀ1121200000
ꢀ1124800000 ꢀ1124800000 ꢀ1124800000
Page 139
ꢀ8021391001 ꢀ8082471001
ꢀ1121200000 ꢀ1121200000
ꢀ1124800000 ꢀ1124800000
Page 139
Page 139
ꢀ8184030000
DKO 35
Page 116
3…60 V
ꢀ0266160000
Page 122
ꢀ8011250000
EGO, 3…5 V
EGO, 3…12 V
Page 122
ꢀ8275430000
WAVESERIES
WOS 5 V
Page 124
ꢀ8275210000
Page 129
WAVESERIES
WOS 5 V TTL
ꢀ8275390000
WAVESERIES
WOS 3.5 - 15 V
Page 124
ꢀ8275450000
Page 129
WAVESERIES
WOS 12 - 28 V
ꢀ8237730000 ꢀ8237730000
ꢀ8275440000
WAVESERIES
WOS 15 - 60 V
Page 124
Page 124
Page 127
ꢀ8092490000
ꢀ8234560000
Page 132
EGO, 7.5 V
RS 40, 5 V
RSM, 5 V
ꢀ1118861001
ꢀ1161560000
Page 137
ꢀ1123661001 ꢀ1124061001 ꢀ1124461001
ꢀ1121100000 ꢀ1121100000 ꢀ1121100000
Page 139
Page 139
Page 139
ꢀ8018620000
DKO 32
Page 116
ꢀ8018630000 ꢀ8067100000
DKO 35
Page 116
Page 120
ꢀ8228650000
Page 116
DKO 32/35
ꢀ 12 Vdc
ꢀ 12 Vuc/ac
ꢀ Replacement opto-coupler dc and ac/dc
ꢀ Empty socket
Reliable
separation
113
Opto-coupler in component housing mini coupler MCZ
Opto-couplers MCZ O
MCZ O
24 Vac/dc 20 mA
MCZ O
MCZ O
120 Vac/dc
MCZ O
230 Vac
24 Vac/dc 2 A2*
Output current
Derating curve
rated to ambient temperature
a+b at U
in
a = rowed without clearances on the mounting rail
b = rowed with clearances ≥ 20 mm
Ambient temperature
126 Vac/dc
28 Vac/dc
2 A
241.50 Vac
26.4 Vac/dc
50°C
50 mA
b
a
b
a
20 mA
20 mA
40 50 °C
40 50 °C
50°C
Schematic circuit diagram
This module can be used:
• between controller and sensor, for feedback of
different statuses.
• for direct switching of load currents up to a Adc, but
also provides “online” information about the
behaviour of the load current.
The MCZ-O modules do have following features:
• Reduction of installation- and power-up times by
using the proved tension-clamp technology
• Pluggable cross-connection units in the input side
reduce wiring costs
• 6 mm width
Ordering data
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
For TS 35
MCZ O 24 Vac/dc
8365940000
MCZ O 24 Vac/dc
8287730000
MCZ O 120 Vac/dc
8421060000
MCZ O 230 Vac
8421380000
Technical data
Input
Input voltage
Making threshold
24 Vac/dc 10 % (21.6...26.4ac/dc)
ac: 14.1 Vac / dc: 16.8 Vdc
ac: 11.4 mA / dc: 9.6 mA
24 Vac/dc 20 % (19.2...28.8ac/dc)
approx.16 Vac/dc
120 Vac/dc -15 % +5 %
approx.65 Vac/approx.70 Vdc
approx.3 mA
230 Vac -15 % +5 %
approx.170 Vac
ac: 10 mA
Input current at U
ac: 13 mA / dc: 12 mA
ac: approx.220 mW
dc: ca.195 mW
nom
Rated input consumption
Max. input frequency
ac: 5 Hz duty factor 1:2
dc: 10 Hz duty factor 1:2
no
ac: ≤10 Hz duty factor 1:2
dc: ≤ 30 Hz duty factor 1:2
no
ac: 5 Hz duty factor 1:2
dc: 20 Hz duty factor 1:2
no
ac: 5 Hz duty factor 1:2
Capacity working resistance to reduction at dissipated energy
yes
Functionality
operating indication
operating indication
operating indication
operating indication
Output
Supply voltage
5...48 Vdc
20 mA
24 Vdc 20 % (19.2...28.8 Vdc)
2 A
5...48 Vdc
50 mA
5...48 Vdc
20 mA
Max. output current
Voltage drop at max. load current
Pulse duration, limiting overload current (not periodic)
≤ 1 V
< 1.6 V
< 1.6 V
< 150 mA / 10 ms
max. 0.16 mA
< 150 mA / 10 ms
max.0.16 mA
< 150 mA / 10 ms
max.0.16 mA
Reverse current (close-circuit current) at U = 48 V
out
Reverse polarity protection
present
Free-wheel diode
present
external necessary
present
≤ 30 ms
≤ 40 ms
present
- typ. Switch-on delay (at ac phase position dependent)
- typ. Switch-off delay (at ac phase position dependent)
Short-circuit proof
ac: ≤ 10 ms / dc: ≤ 20 ms
ac: ≤ 45 ms / dc: ≤ 40 ms
yes
Insulation coordin./Reliable separation acc. to EN 50 178
Rated voltage
300 V
300 V
300 V
300 V
6 kV
III
Rated impulse voltage
6 kV
6 kV
6 kV
Overvoltage category
III
III
III
Pollution severity
2
2
2
2
Clearances and creepage distances
≥ 5.5 mm
≥ 5.5 mm
≥ 5.5 mm
≥ 3 mm
Insulation coordin.- and voltage proof, input/output mounting rail 4 kV / 1 min
4 kV / 1 min
eff
4 kV / 1 min
eff
4 kV / 1 min
eff
eff
Opto-coupler
acc. to VDE 0884
-25 °C…+50 °C
acc. to VDE 0884
-25 °C…+40 °C
-25 °C…+50 °C
-40 °C…+60 °C
AWG 22...12
acc. to VDE 0884
-25 °C…+40 °C
-25 °C…+50 °C
-40 °C…+60 °C
AWG 22...12
acc. to VDE 0884
-25 °C…+50 °C
Ambient temperature rowed on mounting rail without clearances
Ambient temperature rowed with clearances ≥ 20 mm
Storage temperature
-40 °C...+85 °C
AWG 22...12
-40 °C...+85 °C
AWG 22...12
Conductor
2
2
2
2
Conductor cross-section
1.5 mm
1.5 mm
1.5 mm
1.5 mm
Approvals
CE, UL, CSA
6 mm
CE, UL, CSA
6 mm
CE, UL, CSA
6 mm
CE, UL, CSA
6 mm
Overall width
Accessories
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
End plate
AP MCZ 1.5
Page 305
8389030000
AP MCZ 1.5
Page 305
8389030000
AP MCZ 1.5
Page 305
8389030000
AP MCZ 1.5
Page 305
8389030000
Further accessories, dimensions and connection data
114
Opto-coupler in component housing mini coupler MCZ
Opto-couplers MCZ O
MCZ O
MCZ O
24 Vdc/5 VTTL1*
5 V TTL/5...48 Vdc2*
Derating curve
rated to ambient temperature
a = rowed on the mounting rail without clearances
b = rowed with clearances ≥ 20 mm
This module can be used:
1* - between controller and actuator, for the signal
conversion of 24 Vdc to 5 VTTL
2* - between controller and actuator, for the signal
conversion of 5 VTTL to 5...48 Vdc
Output current
5.25 Vdc
a+b at U
28.8 Vdc
a
in
100 mA
8 mA
b
a
b
40 50 °C
40 50 °C
Ambient temperature
Schematic circuit diagram
Input signal
2 µs
Output signal
2.5 µs
1µs
at 832461
Ordering data
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
For TS 35
MCZ O 24 Vdc 8324610000
MCZ O 24 Vdc 8398940000
Technical data
Input
Supply voltage
Input voltage
Making threshold
5 Vdc 5 %
5 V TTL
24 Vdc 16 % (20…28 Vdc)
approx.17 Vdc
Input current at U
4.7 mA (2.9.2..6.5 mA)
dc: 112 mW
IIL = 1 µA / IIH = 8 µA
2.4 kHz
nom
Rated input consumption
Max. input frequency
100 kHz switching ratio 1:2
50 kHz switching ratio 1:10
2 µs
Min. input impulse width
Output
Supply voltage
5 V (4.75...5.25 V)
Output voltage
5 V TTL (4.75...5.25 V)
8 mA, Fan Out = 20 LS-TTL
5...48 Vdc
100 mA
≤ 1.8 V
Max. output current
Voltage drop at max. load current
Pulse duration, limiting overload current (not periodic)
Reverse current (static current) at U = 48 V
out
Reverse polarity protection
Free-wheel diode
present (input)
present
- typ. switch-on delay
- typ. switch-off delay
1 µs (at 20 Vdc)
approx.27 µs
approx.210 µs
2.5 µs (at 28 Vdc)
Insulation coordin./Reliable separation acc. to EN 50178
Rated voltage
300 V
300 V
Rated impulse voltage
6 kV
6 kV
Overvoltage category
III
III
Pollution severity
2
2
Clearances and creepage distances
≥ 5.5 mm
≥ 5.5 mm
Insulation coordination/dielectric strength I/O to TS
4 kV / 1 min
eff
4 kV / 1 min
eff
Opto-coupler
acc. to VDE 0884
-25 °C…+40 °C
-25 °C…+50 °C
-40 °C...+60 °C
AWG 22...12
acc. to VDE 0884
-25 °C…+50 °C
-25 °C…+50 °C
-40 °C...+85 °C
AWG 22...12
Ambient temperature rowed on mounting rail without clearances
Ambient temperature rowed with clearances ≥ 20 mm
Storage temperature
Conductor
2
2
Conductor cross-section
1.5 mm
1.5 mm
Approvals
CE, UL, CSA
6 mm
CE, UL, CSA
6 mm
Overall width
Accessories
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
End plate
AP MCZ 1.5
Page 305
8389030000
AP MCZ 1.5
Page 305
8389030000
Further accessories, dimensions and connection data
115
Opto-coupler in component housing mini coupler DK
Opto-couplers DKO
DKO 5 Vdc
DKO 5 VTTL
DKO 12 Vdc
DKO 24 Vac/dc
• Coupling of digital sensor-/actuator-signals between
PLC and process
• Low cost solution for level- and potential-equalization
• Low input power
• Screw clamp connection technology
• 6 mm width
Schematic circuit diagram
Switching ratio
Switching ratio
Ordering data
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
For TS 32
Y
W
DKO 5 Vdc
DKO 5 Vdc
8018620000
8018630000
DKO 24 Vac/dc 8008090000
DKO 24 Vac/dc 8008150000
For TS 35
DKO 12 Vdc
8184030000
With combination foot TS 32/TS 35
Technical data
DKO DK5 5 VTTL 8228650000
Input: bottom
Input: bottom
5 Vdc 5 %
2.4 Vdc
Input: bottom
12 Vdc 20 %
approx.7 V
11 mA
Input: bottom
24 Vac/dc 10 %
112.8 Vac/16.8 Vdc
11.4 mAac/9.6 mAdc
280 mVA/230 mW
5…48 Vdc
Input voltage
5 VTTL
Switch-on voltage
Input current
≤10 mA
1 µA
Max. input power
50 mW
130 mW
Output voltage
5…48 Vdc
20 mA
5…48 Vdc
100 mA
50 µA
24 Vdc 10 %
50 mA
Max. output current
Min. output current
Max. switching frequency; switching ratio 1: 2
20 mA
50 µA
50 µA
50 µA
20 Hz
3 kHz
10 kHz
ac: 5 Hz dc: 10 Hz
Switch-on delay
≤15 µs
≤70 µs
≤1.6 V
approx.27 µs
approx.35 µs
≤1.6 V
1 µs
≤15 ms at dc
≤25 ms at dc
≤1 V
Switch-off delay
2.5 µs
≤1 V
Voltage drop at max. load
Insulation coordination to EN 50 178
Rated voltage
150 V
4 kV
IV
300 V
6 kV
IV
300 V
6 kV
IV
300 V
4 kV
III
Rated impulse voltage
Overvoltage category
Pollution severity
2
2
2
2
Clearances and creepage distances
≥4 mm
≥5.5 mm
≥5.5 mm
≥4 mm
Operating temperature
without clearances
with clearances
-25 °C…+50 °C
-25 °C…+50 °C
-40 °C…+85 °C
AWG 22…12
-25 °C…+50 °C
-25 °C…+50 °C
-40 °C…+85 °C
AWG 22…12
-25 °C…+50 °C
-25 °C…+50 °C
-40 °C…+85 °C
AWG 22…12
-25 °C…+40 °C
-25 °C…+50 °C
-40 °C…+85 °C
AWG 22…12
Storage temperature
Conductor
2
2
2
2
Conductor cross-section
Overall width
0.5…4 mm
0.5…4 mm
0.5…4 mm
0.5…4 mm
6 mm
6 mm
12 mm
6 mm
Accessories
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
End plate
AP DKT4
Page 305
0687560000
AP DK5
Page 305
8268870000
AP DKT4
Page 305
0687560000
AP DKT4
Page 305
0687560000
Further accessories, dimensions and connection data
116
Opto-coupler in component housing mini coupler DK
Opto-couplers DKO
DKO 24 Vdc
DKO 24 Vdc
DKO 24 Vdc
DKO 24 Vdc
Schematic circuit diagram
Switching ratio
Switching ratio
Ordering data
For TS 32
Type
Cat. No.
8028300000
Type
Cat. No.
8215640000
Type
Cat. No.
8248790000
Type
Cat. No.
Y
W
DKO 24 Vdc
DKO 24 Vdc
8019580000
8019590000
For TS 35
DKO 24 Vdc
DKO 24 Vdc
DKO 24 Vdc
Technical data
Input: top
Input: bottom
24 Vdc 10 %
Input: bottom
24 Vdc 10 %
Input: bottom
24 Vdc 10 %
approx.17 V
6 mA
Input voltage
24 Vdc 10 %
Switch-on voltage
Input current
approx.19 V/7.5 mA
≤15 mA
approx.19 V/7.5 mA
≤15 mA
approx.19 V/7.5 mA
≤8.5 mA
Max. input power
360 mW
5…48 Vdc
20 mA
360 mW
5…48 Vdc
20 mA
204 mW
145 mW
Output voltage
5…48 Vdc
20 mA
5…48 Vdc
500 mA
Max. output current
Min. output current
Max. switching frequency; switching ratio 1: 2
50 µA
50 µA
50 µA
50 µA
3 kHz
3 kHz
3 kHz
200 Hz
Switch-on delay
approx.50 µs
approx.80 µs
≤900 mV
approx.50 µs
approx.80 µs
≤900 mV
approx.50 µs
approx.80 µs
≤900 mV
approx.40 µs
approx.65 µs
≤800 mV
Switch-off delay
Voltage drop at max. load
Insulation coordination to EN 50 178
Rated voltage
300 V
4 kV
II
300 V
4 kV
II
300 V
4 kV
III
300 V
4 kV
II
Rated impulse voltage
Overvoltage category
Pollution severity
2
2
2
2
Clearances and creepage distances
≥4 mm
≥4 mm
≥4 mm
≥4 mm
Operating temperature
without clearances
with clearances
-25 °C…+40 °C
-25 °C…+50 °C
-40 °C…+85 °C
AWG 22…12
-25 °C…+40 °C
-25 °C…+50 °C
-40 °C…+85 °C
AWG 22…12
-25 °C…+40 °C
-25 °C…+50 °C
-40 °C…+85 °C
AWG 22…12
-25 °C…+40 °C
-25 °C…+50 °C
-40 °C…+85 °C
AWG 22…12
Storage temperature
Conductor
2
2
2
2
Conductor cross-section
Overall width
0.5…4 mm
0.5…4 mm
0.5…4 mm
0.5…4 mm
6 mm
6 mm
6 mm
6 mm
Accessories
Type
Cat. No.
0687560000
Type
Cat. No.
0687560000
Type
Cat. No.
0687560000
Type
Cat. No.
End plate
AP DKT4
Page 305
AP DKT4
Page 305
AP DKT4
Page 305
AP DKT4
Page 305
0687560000
Further accessories, dimensions and connection data
117
Opto-coupler in component housing mini coupler DK
Opto-couplers DKO
DKO 24 Vdc
DKO 24 Vdc
DKO 24 Vdc
DKO 24 Vac/dc
• Coupling of digital sensor-/actuator-signals between
PLC and process
• Low cost solution for level- and potential-equalization
• Low input power
• Screw clamp connection technology
• 6 mm width
Schematic circuit diagram
Switching ratio
Switching ratio
Mode: green ꢁ Load current ≥ 500mA
yellow ꢁ Idling
red ꢁ Short circuit
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Ordering data
For TS 32
Y
DKO 24 Vdc
8215630000
DKO 24 Vdc
8181990000
DKO 24 Vdc
8215600000
For TS 35
W
DKO 24 Vac/dc 8228630000
Input: bottom
With combination foot TS 32 / TS 35
Technical data
Input: top
24 Vdc 10 %
approx.17 Vdc
6 mA
Input: bottom
24 Vdc 10 %
approx.18 Vdc
12 mA
Input: top
24 Vdc 10 %
approx.18 Vdc
12 mA
24 Vac/dc 20 %
approx.16 Vac/dc
13 mAac/12 mAdc
220 mVA/195 mW
24 Vdc 20 %
Input voltage
Switch-on voltage
Input current
145 mW
290 mW
290 mW
Max. input power
5…48 Vdc
500 mA
24 Vdc 10 %
2 A
24 Vdc 10 %
2 A
Output voltage
2 A
Max. output current
Min. output current
Max. switching frequency; switching ratio 1: 2
50 µA
200 Hz
100 Hz
100 Hz
ac: 10 Hz dc: ≤30 Hz
approx.40 µs
approx.65 µs
≤800 mV
2 ms
7 ms
Switch-on delay
Switch-off delay
Voltage drop at max. load
Insulation coordination to EN 50 178
Rated voltage
300 V
300 V
300 V
300 V
4 kV
4 kV
4 kV
6 kV
Rated impulse voltage
III
III
III
IV
Overvoltage category
2
2
2
2
Pollution severity
≥4 mm
≥3 mm
≥3 mm
≥5.5 mm
-25 °C…+40 °C
-25 °C…+50 °C
-40 °C…+85 °C
AWG 22…12
Clearances and creepage distances
-25 °C…+40 °C
-25 °C…+50 °C
-40 °C…+85 °C
AWG 22…12
-25 °C…+40 °C
-25 °C…+50 °C
-40 °C…+85 °C
AWG 22…12
-25 °C…+40 °C
-25 °C…+50 °C
-40 °C…+85 °C
AWG 22…12
Operating temperature
without clearances
with clearances
Storage temperature
Conductor
2
2
2
2
0.5…4 mm
0.5…4 mm
0.5…4 mm
0.5…4 mm
Conductor cross-section
Overall width
6 mm
12 mm
12 mm
6 mm
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Accessories
AP DKT4
Page 305
0687560000
AP DKT4
Page 305
0687560000
AP DKT4
Page 305
0687560000
AP DK5
Page 305
8268870000
End plate
Further accessories, dimensions and connection data
118
Opto-coupler in component housing mini coupler DK
Opto-couplers DKO
DKO DK5 24 Vdc
DKO 115 Vac/dc
DKO 230 Vac/dc
Schematic circuit diagram
Switching ratio
Switching ratio
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Ordering data
DKO 115 Vac/dc 8027980000
DKO 115 Vac/dc 8077860000
DKO 230 Vac/dc 8008100000
DKO 230 Vac/dc 8008160000
For TS 32
Y
W
For TS 35
DKO 24 Vdc
Input: top
8228640000
With combination foot TS 32/TS 35
Technical data
Input: bottom
Input: bottom
24 Vdc 20 %
approx.17 Vdc
4.7 mA
115 Vac/dc +5 % -15 %
approx.65 Vac/approx.66 Vdc
2.65 mAac/3 mAdc
390 mVA/350 mW
5…48 Vdc
230 Vac/dc +5 % -15 %
approx.130 Vac/approx.140 Vdc
1.8 mAac/1.7 mAdc
395 mVA/370 mW
5…48 Vdc
Input voltage
Switch-on voltage
Input current
112 mW
Max. input power
Output voltage
5 VTTL
8 mA, Fan Out = 20 LS-TTL
50 mA
20 mA
Max. output current
Min. output current
Max. switching frequency; switching ratio 1: 2
50 µA
100 kHz 1:2/50 kHz 1:10
ac: 5 Hz/dc: 20 Hz
17.4 ms
ac: 5 Hz/dc: 20 Hz
1 µs
20 ms
20 ms
<1.6 V
Switch-on delay
2.5 µs
27.4 ms
Switch-off delay
<1.6 V
Voltage drop at max. load
Insulation coordination to EN 50 178
Rated voltage
300 V
300 V
300 V
4 kV
6 kV
4 KV
Rated impulse voltage
III
IV
III
Overvoltage category
2
2
2
Pollution severity
≥5.5 mm
-25 °C…+40 °C
-25 °C…+50 °C
-25 °C…+85 °C
AWG 22…12
≥5.5 mm
-25 °C…+40 °C
-25 °C…+50 °C
- 40 °C…+85 °C
AWG 22..12
≥3 mm
Clearances and creepage distances
-25 °C…+50 °C
-25 °C…+50 °C
-40 °C…+85 °C
AWG 22…12
Operating temperature
without clearances
with clearances
Storage temperature
Conductor
2
2
2
0.5…4mm
0.5…4 mm
0.5…4 mm
Conductor cross-section
Overall width
6 mm
6 mm
6 mm
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Accessories
AP DK5
Page 305
8268870000
AP DKT4
Page 305
0687560000
AP DKT4
Page 305
0687560000
End plate
Further accessories, dimensions and connection data
119
Opto-coupler in component housing mini coupler DK
Opto-couplers DKO
DKO 35 48 Vdc
DKO 35 60 Vdc
DKO 35 125 Vdc
W
Schematic circuit diagram
Ordering data
For TS 32
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Y
For TS 35
W
DKO 35 48 Vdc 8151230000
DKO 35 60 Vdc 8067100000
DKO 35 125 Vdc 8131660000
With combination foot TS 32 / TS 35
Technical data
Input voltage
48 Vdc 10 %
3.7 mA 20 %
178 mW
60 Vdc 10 %
5.6 mA 20 %
340 mW
125 Vdc 10 %
1.7 mA 20 %
215 mW
Input current
Input nominal power
Total power loss
Making threshold
Input reverse voltage
400 mW
420 mW
400 mW
approx.32 Vdc
max. 1 kV
approx.42 Vdc / 5.3 mA
max. 1 kV
approx.80 Vdc
max. 1 kV
Output voltage
5…28 Vdc
max. 20 mA
1.6 V
5…48 Vdc
max. 100 mA
0.8 V
5…28 Vdc
max. 20 mA
1.6 V
Output current
Voltage drop at max. load
Feature of output circuit
Indication
Disconnection plug
LED red
Disconnection plug
LED red
LED green
Dielectric strength input/output
Dielectric strength to mounting rail
Clearances and creepage distances
3.75 kV / 5.3 kVdc
3.75 kV / 5.3 kVdc
3.75 kV / 5.3 kVdc
eff
eff
eff
4 kV
4 kV
4 kV
eff
eff
eff
>5 mm
>4 mm
>5 mm
Operating temperature
Storage temperature
-25 °C…+50 °C
-40 °C…+60 °C
-25 °C…+50 °C
-40 °C…+60 °C
-25 °C…+50 °C
-40 °C…+60 °C
Conductor
AWG 22…12
AWG 22…12
AWG 22…12
2
2
2
Conductor cross-section
Overall width
0.5…4 mm
0.5…4 mm
0.5…4 mm
6 mm
6 mm
6 mm
Accessories
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
End plate
AP DKT4
0687560000
AP DKT4
0687560000
AP DKT4
0687560000
120
Opto-coupler in component housing mini coupler DK
Opto-couplers DKO
S0 signal sensor
DKO switching amplifiers/opto-couplers for Namur initiators
DKO DK4 S0
DKO
Application example:
Signals for consumers are normally transferred
via an interface. Generally, this interface must
conform with DIN 43867 (interface for signal
transmission). There must be a differentiation
between the passive interface and active S0
interface. The actual signals, that are corres-
pondingly proportional to the relevant con-
sumption (electrical energy, gas consumption,
water, district heating, etc.) are shown at
measuring sensors (electric meter, etc.) The
interface itself is purely passive (acceptor) and
must be supplied via a source. The source for
providing the current is built into the active
interface. The following threshold values are
W
specified:
I
= 27 mAdc
Schematic circuit diagram
Schematic circuit diagram
max
U
max
= 27 Vdc
f
= 16.66 Hz
max
For the recognition of the corresponding con-
sumption signals, the following currents are
integrated:
ON (active) -> 10…27 mA
Off (inactive) -> 0…2 mA
The module accepts the input from the signal
sensor and outputs the opto-decoupled output
signal, i. e. galvanically isolated.
Ordering data
Type
Cat. No.
Ordering data
For TS 32
Type
DKO
Cat. No.
For TS 32
Y
W
DKO DK4 S0
DKO DK4 S0
8467030000
8100180000
Y
W
For TS 35
For TS 35
8164250000
With combination foot TS 32 / TS 35
Technical data
Input
With combination foot TS 32 / TS 35
Technical data
Input
Input voltage
24 Vdc 10 %
Input voltage
24 Vdc 20 %
Input current
≤13 mA
Input current
≤35 mA
Pulse generator
Specification acc. to DIN
43864 (current interface for
connection to pulse generator
acc. to DIN 43864)
Reverse polarity protection
up to 1 kV available
NAMUR-Input (N+ and N-)
Switching frequency
Switch-on delay
300 Hz f. pulse duty factor 1:1
approx.45 µs
Output
Switch-off delay
approx.450 µs
Output voltage
Output current
5…48 Vdc
max. 100 mA
Input (E+ and 0)
Switch-on point
approx.18 V
Voltage proof input-output/mounting rail
4 kV
Switch off-point
ca 15 V
eff
Current consumption
Max. switching frequency
Switch-on delay
< 5 mA
300 Hz f. pulse duty factor 1:1
approx.20µs
Switch-off delay
approx.400 µs
Insulation coordination to DIN VDE 0160, Draft 11/94
Rated voltage
Output (A+ and A-)
Output voltage
300 V
6 kV
IV
5…30 Vdc
Rated impulse voltage
Output current
max. 100 mA
max. 3 W
Overvoltage category
Switching capacity
Internal voltage drop
Protective measure
Pollution severity
2
max. 1 V
Clearances and creepage distances
≥5.5 mm
Free-wheel. diode btwn. A+…A-
Operating temperature
without clearances
with clearances
-25 °C…+40 °C
-25 °C…+50 °C
-40 °C…+60 °C
AWG 22…12
Voltage proof input-output/mounting rail
Operating temperature
4 kV
eff
without clearances
with clearances
-25 °C…+40 °C
-25 °C…+50 °C
-40 °C…+60 °C
AWG 22…12
Storage temperature
Conductor
Storage temperature
Conductor
2
Conductor cross-section
Overall width
0.5…4 mm
2
12 mm
Conductor cross-section
Overall width
0.5…4 mm
12 mm
Type
Accessories
Type
Cat. No.
Accessories
Cat. No.
End plate
AP DKT4
0687560000
End plate
AP DKT4
0687560000
121
Opto-coupler in component housing EG
Opto-couplers EGO
EGO 1 5 V
For low voltage
EGO 1 5 V
EGO 1 12 V
EGO 1 24 V
alternatively positive
or negative switching
Schematic circuit diagram
Switching ratio
t
1
= t
2
t
1
2
1
3
Switching ratio
=
= 1 : 2
* Wiring option
t
Ordering data
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
3)
EGO 1, 5 V
0266160000 EGO 1, 12 V 8011250000
EGO 1, 12 V
0114260000
EGO 1, 24 V
0558160000
Rated data
2
Input voltage
3…5 V– )
3…12 V–
30…280 mW
–
12 V0, 10 ꢀ
0.35 W
24 V–, 10 ꢀ
Rated consumption – (W)
Rated consumption ~ (VA)
9…45 mW
–
0.6 W
–
0.45 VA
1
1
1
1
Output supply voltage
Voltage drop at max. load current
Output current
5…48 V– )
5…48 V– )
5…48 V– )
5…48 V– )
<1 V
<1 V
<1.6 V
<1 V
20 mA
20 mA
100 mA
20 mA
Derating curve
a = mounted on rail without clearance
b = mounted on rail without clearance ≥ 20 mm
Continuous
current
Ambient temperature
Impulse loading, max. current (not periodic)
0.2 A/10 ms
0.2 A/10 ms
0.8 A/10 ms
0.2 A/10 ms
Max. reverse current (quiescent current) at U = 48 V
Switch-on time (cyclic operation)
Switching-off time (cyclic operation)
Max. switching frequency, DC
Max. switching frequency, AC
Switching ratio
0.16 mA
≤12 µs
0.16 mA
0.16 mA
≤6 ms
≤13 ms
20 Hz
0.16 mA
≤ 30 µs
≤100 µs
3000 Hz
22 µs
≤180 µs
100 Hz
44 µs
5000 Hz/5000 Hz
<10 Hz
1 : 2
1 : 2
1 : 2/1 : 4
50 µs
1 : 2
Min. input impulse width
Storage temperature
–40 °C…+60 °C
–40 °C…+85 °C
–40 °C…+85 °C
–40 °C…+85 °C
Ambient temperature
–, rowed on mounting rail without clearances
–, rowed with clearances ≥ 20 mm
Insulation coordination to EN 50 178
Overvoltage category
–25 °C…+60 °C
–25 °C…+60 °C
–25 °C…+60 °C
–25 °C…+60 °C
–25 °C…+60 °C
–25 °C…+60 °C
–25 °C…+60 °C
–25 °C…+60 °C
III
2
III
2
III
2
III
2
Pollution severity
Accessories, dimensions and connection data see
Page 306, Fig. I
Page 306, Fig. I
Page 306, Fig. I
Page 306, Fig. I
1
3
) Not TTL-compatible
) At Ue ≤ 5 V, the LED only lights weakly or not at all.
2
) Conditionally level-compatible Output switching function is not affected.
122
Opto-coupler in component housing EG
EGO 1 24 V
EGO 2 115 V0
for low voltage
EGO 2 230 V0
* Wiring option
In the case of inductive or capacitive electrical noise,
it is recommended to connect an RC network (DK 4 RC)
upstream or to use EGO 3
.
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
EGO 1, 24 V
0609860000
EGO 2, 115 V0 0131860000
EGO 2, 230 V0 0546360000
24 V0, 10 ꢀ
0.5 W
117 V0, 10 ꢀ
0.8 W
230 V0, +5 ꢀ-15 ꢀ
1.2 W
0.6 VA
0.9 VA
1.4 VA
1
5…48 V– )
5…48 V–
<1.6 V
5…48 V–
<1.6 V
<1.6 V
100 mA
100 mA
100 mA
0.8 A/10 ms
0.8 A/10 ms
0.8 A/10 ms
0.16 mA
≤ 2 ms
≤ 15 ms
20 Hz
0.16 mA
≤ 5 ms
≤ 22 ms
20 Hz
0.16 mA
≤ 13 ms
≤ 10 ms
20 Hz
<10 Hz
1 : 2
< 10 Hz
1 : 2
< 10 Hz
1 : 2
–40 °C…+85 °C
–40 °C…+85 °C
–40 °C…+85 °C
–25 °C…+60 °C
–25 °C…+60 °C
–25 °C…+40 °C
–25 °C…+50 °C
–25 °C…+40 °C
–25 °C…+50 °C
III
2
III
2
III
2
Page 306, Fig. I
Page 306, Fig. I
Page 306, Fig. I
123
Opto-coupler in component housing WAVESERIES
Opto-couplers WAVESERIES
WOS 1 5 VDC
negative switching
WOS 1 3.5-15 VDC WOS 1 12 VUC
WOS 1 15-60 VDC
Opto-coupler in WAVEBOX:
ꢀ Independent connection technology
- pluggable connection unit optionally available with
screw or tension clamp connection technology
ꢀ Fast commissioning and after-sales service
- pluggable replacement PCBs
ꢀ Save wiring
- cross-connection option at input / output
ꢀ Fast switching
- high frequency output, up to 100 kHz
ꢀ Reliable power output
- short-circuit and overload proof
ꢀ Space-saving components
- 4-channel opto-couplers
Schematic circuit diagram
Ordering data
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Type
WOS 1 12 Vuc 8275500000
WOZ 1 8429990000
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Screw connection
WOS 1 5 Vdc
WOZ 1
8275430000
8430030000
WOS 1 3.5-15 Vdc 8275390000
WOS 115-60 Vdc 8237730000
Tension clamp connection
WOZ 1
8430040000
WOZ 1
8430090000
Input
1)
Input voltage
Input current
4.0 Vdc...5 Vdc...6.0 Vdc
7.5 mA at 4.0 V
13.5 mA at 5.0 V
19.0 mA at 6.0 V
approx.2.2 V
approx.2.0 V
100 Hz
3.5 Vdc...15 Vdc
10 Vdc...12 Vdc...14 Vdc
15.3 mA ac at 12 V
12.4 mA dc at 12 V
15 Vdc...60 Vdc
1.4 mA at 15 V
2.5 mA at 24 V
10.5 mA at 3.5.0 V
12.5 mA at 5.0 V
25.0 mA at 15 V
approx.2.5 V
approx.1.5 V
5 kHz
4.1 mA at 48 V ...60 V
ca.12 V
Making threshold
Breaking threshold
Input frequency
Switch-on delay
Switch-off delay
Status indicator
approx.8 V
approx.7 V
approx.9 V
1 kHz
100 us
8 us
10 ms ac and 4 ms dc
20 ms ac and 18 ms dc
LED green in output
90 us
1 ms
35 us
250 us
LED green in input
LED green in input
LED green in output
Output
negative switching
short-circuit protection
10 mA...0.6 A
short-circuit protection
10 m A...0.6 A
Output current range
Nominal output current
Output voltage
max. 2 A*
max. 100 mA
max. 500 mA
max. 500 mA
18 Vdc...24 Vdc...30 Vdc
5 Vdc...48 Vdc
12 Vdc...24 Vdc...28 Vdc
typ. 0.7 A ... 1.8 A
12 Vdc...24 Vdc...28 Vdc
typ. 0.7 A ... 1.8 A
Response threshold
min. 0.7 A; max. 2.4 A
≤ 0.5 V, at 500 mA
Polarity protection, varistor
12Vdc...24Vdc...28Vdc
yes / max. 96 h
min.0.7 A; max. 2.4 A
≤ 0.5 V at 500 mA
Residual voltage
Protection circuit
Voltage supply
≤ 300 mV
≤ 1.5 V at 100 mA
Varistor
Varistor, integr. free-wh. diode
Polarity protection, varistor
12 Vdc...24 Vdc...28 Vdc
yes / max. 96 h
Short-circuit in output
no
no
Temperature
Operating temperature**
Storage temperature
-25 °C...+50 °C rowed
-40 °C...+85 °C
-25 °C...+60 °C rowed
-40 °C...+85 °C
-25 °C...+60 °C rowed
-40 °C...+85 °C
-25 °C...+60 °C rowed
-40 °C...+85 °C
Mechanical data
Overall width
22.5 mm
22.5 mm
22.5 mm
22.5 mm
Housing material
Polyamide PA 66
UL/CSA
Polyamide PA 66
UL/CSA
Polyamide PA 66
UL/CSA
Polyamide PA 66
UL/CSA
Approvals
Reliable separation according to EN 50 178
Coordination of insulation according to EN 50 178
Opto-coupler according to VDE 0884
Rated voltage
300 V
300 V
300 V
300 V
Rated impulse voltage
4 kV
4 kV
4 kV
4 kV
Overvoltage category
III
III
III
III
Pollution severity
2
2
2
2
Clearance/creepage path
≥ 5.5 mm
≥ 5.5 mm
≥ 5.5 mm
≥ 5.5 mm
Accessories, dimensions and connection data see
* at ambient temperature 20 °C/horizontal installation
Page 298 + 308
1)
Page 298 + 308
Page 298 + 308
Page 298 + 308
Caution: Cross-connections may only be used for voltages ≤ 50 Vdc (extra-low voltage).
124
Opto-coupler in component housing WAVESERIES
WOS 1 115 VUC
WOS 1 230 VUC
Opto-couplers WAVESERIES
Schematic circuit diagram
Mounted horizontally
Control 253Vdc
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
0,2
0,1
0
mounted
clearance
A≥10mm
0
20
40
60
80
100
tr
Ambient temperature [°C]
WOS 1 230 VUC • 8275380000
Ordering data
Type
WOS 1 115 Vuc 8235180000
WOZ 1 8430100000
Cat. No.
Type
WOS 1 230 Vuc 8275380000
WOZ 1 8430050000
Cat. No.
Screw connection
Tension clamp connection
Input
Input voltage
Input current
115 Vuc, max. 130 Vuc
3.1 mA ac at 115 V
2.9 mA dc at 115 V
230 V, max. 250 Vuc
11.5 mA ac at 230 V
1.8 mA dc at 230 V
Making threshold
Breaking threshold
Input frequency
Switch-on delay
Switch-off delay
Status indicator
ca.75 V ac and 71 dc
ca.70 Vuc
ca.170 V ac and 140 V dc
ca.130 V ac and 135 V dc
-
-
10 ms ac 10 ms dc
15 ms ac 15 ms dc
LED green in output
25 ms ac 15 ms dc
25 ms ac 20 ms dc
LED green in output
Output
short-circuit protection
10 m A...0.6 A
short-circuit protection
10 mA...0.6 A
Output current range
Nominal output current
Output voltage
max. 500 mA
max. 500 mA
12 Vdc...24 Vdc...28 Vdc
typ. 0.7 A ... 1.8 A
12 Vdc...24 Vdc...28 Vdc
typ. 0.7 A ... 1.8 A
Response threshold
min.0.7 A; max. 2.4 A
≤ 0.5 V at 500 mA
min.0.7 A; max. 2.4 A
≤ 0.5 V at 500 mA
Residual voltage
Protection circuit
Voltage supply
Polarity protection, varistor
12 Vdc...24 Vdc...28 Vdc
yes / max. 96 h
Polarity protection, varistor
12 Vdc...24 Vdc...28 Vdc
yes / max. 96 h
Short-circuit in output
Temperature
Operating temperature**
Storage temperature
-25 °C...+60 °C rowed
-40 °C...+85 °C
-25 °C...+60 °C rowed
-40 °C...+85 °C
Mechanical data
Overall width
22.5 mm
22.5 mm
Housing material
Polyamide PA 66
UL/CSA
Polyamide PA 66
UL/CSA
Approvals
Reliable separation according to EN 50 178
Coordination of insulation according to EN 50 178
Opto-coupler according to VDE 0884
Rated voltage
300 V
300 V
Rated impulse voltage
4 kV
4 kV
Overvoltage category
III
III
Pollution severity
2
2
Clearance/creepage path
≥ 5.5 mm
≥ 5.5 mm
Accessories, dimensions and connection data see
* at ambient temperature 20 °C/horizontal installation
Page 298 + 308
Page 298 + 308
125
Opto-coupler in component housing WAVESERIES
Opto-couplers WAVESERIES
with power output
WOS 2 24 VUC
WOS 2 115 VUC
WOS 2 230 VUC
(short-circuit proof and overload proof)
Schematic circuit diagram
Mounted horizontally
Control 253 Vdc
5
4
3
2
1
0
clearance
≥ 10 mm
A
mounted
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
mgstmptu[C
Ambient temperature [°C]
WOS 2 230 VUC • 8275220000
Ordering data
Type
Cat. No.
Type
WOS 2 115 Vuc 8296250000
WOZ 2 8429980000
Cat. No.
Type
WOS 2 230 Vuc 8275220000
WOZ 2 8430060000
Cat. No.
Screw connection
WOS 2 24 Vuc
WOZ 2
8275190000
8430080000
Tension clamp connection
Input
Input voltage
Input current
21.6 V...24 V...26.4 V
16.3 mA ac at 24 V
13.5 mA dc at 24 V
115 V, max. 130 Vuc
3.1 mA ac at 115 V
2.8 mA dc at 115 V
230 V, max. 250 Vuc
12.0 mA ac at 230 V
1.8 mA dc at 230 V
Making threshold
ca.16 V
ca.70 V
ca.140 V
ca.100 V
ca.100 V
ca.120 V
Breaking threshold
Switch-on delay
ca.11 V
ca.55 V
8 ms ac 7 ms dc
25 ms ac 25 ms dc
LED green in output
10 ms ac 15 ms dc
30 ms ac 30 ms dc
LED green in output
10 ms ac 15 ms dc
30 ms ac 30 ms dc
LED green in output
Switch-off delay
Status indicator normal operation
1)
1)
1)
Status indicator short-circuit, underload, overload
Underload
LED red in output*
LED red in output*
LED red in output*
1)
*
LED red:
min. 2 mA...max. 1.5 A at Tb
25 °C...150 °C
min. 2 mA...max. 1.5 A at Tb
25 °C...150 °C
min. 2 mA...max. 1.5 A at Tb
25 °C...150 °C
hard short-circuit,
LED permanently lit.
min. 2 mA...max. 1.9 A at Tb
-40 °C...25 °C
min. 2 mA...max. 1.9 A at Tb
-40 °C...25 °C
min. 2 mA...max. 1.9 A at Tb
-40 °C...25 °C
The output is switched off and
does not reset itself. To reset,
the output or input must be
temporarily disconnected from
the supply voltage or input
signal.
Tb: temperature in module
direct at output driver
BTS442
Tb: temperature in module
direct at output driver
BTS442
Tb: temperature in module
direct at output driver
BTS442
Output
short-circuit protection
5 Adc*
short-circuit protection
5 Adc*
short-circuit protection
5 Adc*
Output current
Overload: LED cycles,
Rate: approx. 2 sec. on,
approx. 30 sec. off.
Closed supply-circuit current (output not switched)
Voltage supply
approx.15 mA at 28.8 V
19.2 Vdc...24 Vdc...28.8 Vdc
max. 400 mV
approx.15 mA at 28.8 V
19.2 Vdc...24 Vdc...28.8 Vdc
max. 400 mV
approx.15 mA at 28.8 V
19.2 Vdc...24 Vdc...28.8 Vdc
max. 400 mV
Residual voltage
Module resets itself after the
overload is removed.
Protection circuit
Polarity protection, varistor
yes / max. 96 h
Polarity protection, varistor
yes / max. 96 h
Polarity protection, varistor
yes / max. 96 h
Short-circuit in output
Temperature
Underload: LED permanently
lit.
Operating temperature**
Storage temperature
Mechanical data
-25 °C...+50 °C rowed
-40 °C...+85 °C
-25 °C...+50 °C rowed
-40 °C...+85 °C
-25 °C...+50 °C rowed
-40 °C...+85 °C
When an underload reco-
gnised, both LEDs are lit.
The output is switched
through
Overall width
22.5 mm
22.5 mm
22.5 mm
Housing material
Polyamide PA 66
UL/CSA
Polyamide PA 66
UL/CSA
Polyamide PA 66
UL/CSA
Approvals
Reliable separation according to EN 50 178
Coordination of insulation according to EN 50 178
Opto-coupler according to VDE 0884
Rated voltage
300 V
300 V
300 V
Rated impulse voltage
4 kV
4 kV
4 kV
Overvoltage category
III
III
III
Pollution severity
2
2
2
Clearance/creepage path
≥ 5.5 mm
≥ 5.5 mm
≥ 5.5 mm
Accessories, dimensions and connection data see
* at ambient temperature 20 °C/horizontal installation
Page 298 + 308
Page 298 + 308
Page 298 + 308
126
Opto-coupler in component housing WAVESERIES
Opto-coupler WAVESERIES
with AC voltage output and
zero voltage switch
WOS 2 15-60 VUC WOS 2 115 VUC
WOS 2 230 VUC
Schematic circuit diagram
Mounted horizontally
Control 253 Vdc
3,5
3
clearance ≥ 10 mm
2,5
2
Mounted
Zero V. switch
1,5
1
Zero V. switch
Zero V. switch
0,5
0
0
20
40
Amb
60
ra
80
]
100
120
n
t
te
m
p
e
t
u
r
e
[
°
C
WOS 2 15-60 VUC • 8275440000
Ordering data
Type
WOS 2 15-60 Vuc 8275440000
WOZ 2 8430010000
Cat. No.
Type
WOS 2 115 Vuc 8259950000
WOZ 2 8430160000
Cat. No.
Type
WOS 2 230 VUC 8275400000
WOZ 2 8430150000
Cat. No.
Screw connection
Tension clamp connection
Input
Input voltage
Input current
15 Vuc...60 Vac/66 Vdc
3.3 mA ac at 15 V
3.8 mA dc at 15 V
4.0 mA ac at 24 V
4.6 mA dc at 24 V
5.3 mA ac at 60 V
5.6 mA dc at 60 V
approx.11 V dc approx.15 V ac
approx.5 V dc approx.14 V ac
max. 20 ms
115 Vuc max. 130 Vuc
7.2 mA ac at 115 V
3.8 mA dc at 115 V
230 Vuc max. 250 Vuc
11.8 mA ac at 230 V
3.3 mA dc at 230 V
Making threshold
approx.90 V dc approx.90 V ac
approx.70 V dc approx.70 V ac
max. 20 ms
approx.180 V dc approx.200 V ac
approx.150 V dc approx.140 V ac
max. 25 ms
Breaking threshold
Switch-on delay
Switch-off delay
max. 20 ms
max. 20 ms
max. 25 ms
Status indicator normal operation
LED green in input
LED green in input
LED green in input
Output
AC voltage output
max. 230 V/3.5 A ac*
2 mA
AC voltage output
max. 230 V/3.5 A ac*
2 mA
AC voltage output
max. 230V/3.5A ac*
2 mA
Output current
Closed supply-circuit current (output not switched)
Voltage supply
24 Vac...250Vac (50Hz-60Hz)
max. 1.6 V
24Vac...250 Vac (50Hz-60Hz)
max. 1.6 V
24 Vac..250 Vac (50Hz-60Hz)
max. 1.6 V
Residual voltage
Protection circuit
RC-combination with varistor
–
RC-combination with varistor
–
RC-combination with varistor
–
Short-circuit in output
Temperature
Operating temperature**
Storage temperature
Mechanical data
-25 °C...+50 °C rowed
-40 °C...+85 °C
-25 °C...+50 °C rowed
-40 °C...+85 °C
-25 °C...+50 °C rowed
-40 °C...+85 °C
Overall width
22.5 mm
22.5 mm
22.5 mm
Housing material
Polyamide PA 66
UL/CSA
Polyamide PA 66
UL/CSA
Polyamide PA 66
UL/CSA
Approvals
Reliable separation according to EN 50 178
Coordination of insulation according to EN 50 178
Opto-coupler according to VDE 0884
Rated voltage
300 V
300 V
300 V
Rated impulse voltage
4 kV
4 kV
4 kV
Overvoltage category
III
III
III
Pollution severity
2
2
2
Clearance/creepage path
≥ 5.5 mm
≥ 5.5 mm
≥ 5.5 mm
Accessories, dimensions and connection data see
* at ambient temperature 20 °C/horizontal installation
Page 298 + 308
Page 298 + 308
Page 298 + 308
127
Opto-coupler in component housing WAVESERIES
Opto-coupler WAVESERIES
(4-channel, short-circuit proof)
WOS 2 24 VUC
WOS 2 115 VUC
WOS 2 230 VUC
Schematic circuit diagram
Mounted horizontally, output current / channel: 500 mA
Control 250 Vdc
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
0,2
0,1
0
clearance
≥ 10 mm
Mounted
0
10
20 30
Ambient temperature [°C]
40
50
60
WOS 2 230 VUC • 8275340000
Ordering data
Type
Cat. No.
Type
WOS 2 115 Vuc 8275360000
WOZ 2 8430130000
Cat. No.
Type
WOS 2 230 Vuc 8275340000
WOZ 2 8430140000
Cat. No.
Screw connection
WOS 2 24 Vuc
WOZ 2
8237720000
8430110000
Tension clamp connection
Input
Input voltage
Input current
18 Vuc ... 30 Vuc
115 Vuc, max. 130 Vuc
1.4 mA ac at 115 V
2.0 mA dc at 115 V
230 V, max. 250 V
1.4 mA ac at 230 V
2.0 mA dc at 230 V
2.8 mA ac at 24 V
3.7 mA dc at 24 V
Making threshold
ca.13 V dc
ca.10 V dc
ca.14 V ac
ca.13 V ac
ca.60 V dc
ca.50 V dc
ca.60 V ac
ca.50 V ac
ca.150 V dc
ca.110 V dc
ca.120 V ac
ca.110 V ac
Breaking threshold
Switch-on delay
20 ms ac 7.0 ms dc
46 ms ac 50 ms dc
LED green in output
LED red in output*
40 ms ac 15 ms dc
60 ms ac 70 ms dc
LED green in output
LED red in output*
40 ms ac 14 ms dc
95 ms ac 140 ms dc
LED green in output
LED red in output*
* LED red, one LED for
all channels
Switch-off delay
Status indicator normal operation
Status indicator short-circuit, underload, overload
Output1)
short-circuit protection
max. 500 mA per channel
max. 2 A
short-circuit protection
max. 500 mA per channel
max. 2 A
short-circuit protection
max. 500 mA per channel
max. 2 A
Output current
Output total current
Voltage supply
Response threshold
12 Vdc...24 Vdc...28 Vdc
typ. 0.9 A
12 Vdc...24 Vdc...28 Vdc
typ. 0.9 A
12 Vdc...24 Vdc...28 Vdc
typ. 0.9 A
min. 0.65 A, max. 1.2 A, RL2Ω min. 0.65 A, max. 1.2 A, RL2Ω min. 0.65 A, max. 1.2 A, RL2Ω
Residual voltage
≤ 0.65 V, at 500 mA
Polarity protection, varistor
100 %
≤ 0.65 V, at 500 mA
Polarity protection, varistor
100 %
≤ 0.65 V, at 500 mA
Polarity protection, varistor
100 %
Protection circuit
Synchronisation factor
Lamp load
max. 3 W
max. 3 W
max. 3 W
Temperature
Operating temperature
Storage temperature
Mechanical data
Overall width
-25 °C...+50 °C rowed
-40 °C...+85 °C
-25 °C...+50 °C rowed
-40 °C...+85 °C
-25 °C...+50 °C rowed
-40 °C...+85 °C
22.5 mm
22.5 mm
22.5 mm
Housing material
Polyamide PA 66
UL/CSA
Polyamide PA 66
UL/CSA
Polyamide PA 66
UL/CSA
Approvals
Reliable separation according to EN 50 178
Coordination of insulation according to EN 50 178
Opto-coupler according to VDE 0884
Rated voltage
150 V
2.5 kV
III
150 V
2.5 kV
III
300 V
Rated impulse voltage
4 kV
Overvoltage category
III
Pollution severity
2
2
2
Clearance/creepage path
≥ 3 mm
≥ 3 mm
≥ 5.5 mm
Accessories, dimensions and connection data see
Page 298 + 308
Page 298 + 308
Page 298 + 308
1)
Protection circuit for output load necessary, page 107
128
Opto-coupler in component housing WAVESERIES
Opto-coupler WAVESERIES
with high switching frequency
WOS 1 5 VTTL
50 kHz
WOS 1 12-28 VDC
100 kHz
Schematic circuit diagram
Mounted horizontally
Control: 5.25 V; cross-connection current: 4 A mounted in rows
0,06
0,05
0,04
0,03
0,02
0,01
0
clearance ≥ 10 mm
Mounted
0
20
40
60
80
100
Umgetempeur C
Ambient temperature [°C]
WOS 1 5 VTTL 50 kHz • 8275210000
Ordering data
Type
WOS 1 5 VTTL 50 kHz
8275210000
8430070000
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Screw connection
WOS 1 12-28 Vdc/100 kHz
8275450000
8430000000
Tension clamp connection
WOZ 2
WOZ 2
Input
Input voltage
Input current
5 VTTL
12V dc...28 Vdc
11.8 mA at 4.75 V
13.6 mA at 5 Vdc
15.5 mA at 5.25 Vdc
5.5 mA at 12 Vdc
7.9 mA at 24 Vdc
8.8 mA at 28 Vdc
Supply voltage
4.75 Vdc … 5.25 Vdc
Input resistance
110 KΩ
Making threshold
Breaking threshold
Input frequency
approx.5 V dc
approx.4 V dc
50 kHz at Rload = 470 Ω
100 kHz at Rload = 470 Ω
Switch-on delay
1 µs
1 µs
Switch-off delay
7 µs
3 µs
Status indicator normal operation
LED green in input circuit
LED green in input circuit
Output
Voltage supply
Supply nominal current
21.6 Vdc...24 Vdc...26.4 Vdc
approx.5.4 mA, output not
switched
21.6 Vdc...24 Vdc...26.4 Vdc
approx.5.4 mA, output not
switched
Output current
Residual voltage
Protection circuit
≤ 50 mA
≤ 50 mA
≤ 1.5 V at 50 mA
≤ 1.5 V at 50 mA
Polarity protection, varistor
Polarity protection, varistor
Temperature
Operating temperature
Storage temperature
Mechanical data
-25 °C...+60 °C rowed
-40 °C...+85 °C
-25 °C...+60 °C rowed
-40 °C...+85 °C
Overall width
22.5 mm
22.5 mm
Housing material
Polyamide PA 66
UL/CSA
Polyamide PA 66
UL/CSA
Approvals
Reliable separation according to EN 50 178
Coordination of insulation according to EN 50 178
Opto-coupler according to VDE 0884
Rated voltage
300 V
300 V
Rated impulse voltage
4 kV
4 kV
Overvoltage category
III
III
Pollution severity
2
2
Clearance/creepage path
≥ 5.5 mm
≥ 5.5 mm
Accessories, dimensions and connection data see
Page 298 + 308
Page 298 + 308
129
Opto-coupler in component housing EG5
power opto-couplers
With "online" check-back indication of the load ratio
EGO 5 PKR 24 Vac/dc
• Power opto-couplers for load currents up to 4 A.
• Short-circuit proof
• Patented "online" load indication and check-back
indication
- optical indication
status indication via 3-coloured LEDs
- electrical indication
2-bit "online" data signal for check-back indication
of the load performance to a PLC or similar
• Module fulfils protective separation in accordance
with VDE 0106 Part 101 and EN 50 178
(rated voltage 300 V)
• Internal opto-coupler according to with DIN VDE
0884
• Insulation voltage 4 kVeff
• Clearance and creepage distances ≥ 8 mm
Schematic circuit diagram
Indication and check-back indication of load ratio
Input Load Indication LI 1
LI 2
L
LED
off
Output
low
Low
High
High
High
xxx
L
Normal
L
H
green
red
high
low
1
Error )
H
H
L
2
Open Load )
H
yellow
high
Ordering data
Type
Cat. No.
EGO 5 PKR
8220870000
Rated data
Input
2
Screw connection 0.5…4 mm
24 Vac/dc, min 20 Vac/dc, max 30 Vac/dc
12 mA (24 Vdc)
Input voltage
Input current (at U )
N
13 mA (24 Vac)
Rated input consumption
Max. input frequency dc
Typ. switch-on delay
195 mW, 220 mVA
≤ 30 Hz, switching ratio 1 : 2
2 ms
Typ. switch-off delay
7 ms
Max. input frequency ac
≤ 10 Hz
2
Output
Screw connection 0.5…4 mm
Supply voltage
20…30 Vdc
4 A
Max. output current
Reverse polarity protection
Short-circuit conditions
present
short-circuit-protected (switches output off immediately;
auto switch-on when short-circuit eliminated)
≤ 12 A. output switches off and on again automatically after
certain time.
Thermal short-circuit
Load Indication LI 1, LI 2
Supply voltage
5…48 Vdc
100 mA
Max. current
Max. voltage drop
Storage temperature
Ambient temperature
1.6 V
–40 °C…+60 °C
- rowed on mounting rail without clearances
- rowed with clearances
–20 °C…+40 °C
–20 °C…+50 °C
Insulation coordination EN 50 178
Overvoltage category
IV
2
Pollution severity
Accessories, dimensions and connection data see
Page 307, Fig. VII
2
1
) Open load: Underload recognition at active input: type 500 mA (max. 1.5 A) at 25 °C.
)
Error: short-circuit, overload, over- or under voltage at out-
Open load wil be indicated at I
≥ 500 mA depending on switching status.
put, overtemperature in the module
Load
130
Opto-coupler in component housing EG7
power opto-couplers
OST EG7
2 A
OST EG7
4 A
– Pluggable on socket RS EG 7 with
combination foot TS 32, 35
– Overall width 10 mm
• Short circuit protected
and over load-safe
output
OST EG 7
OST EG 7
• 3-colour status-LED for
output current indica-
tion
• Reliable separation acc.
to DIN VDE 0884
RS EG 7
RS EG 7
Schematic circuit diagram
Type
Cat. No.
Ordering data
Type
Cat. No.
OST EG7 2 A
8269050000
Puggable opto-coupler, without socket
OST EG7 4 A
8281720000
8193830000
Cat. No.
RS EG7
8193830000
Cat. No.
socket for pluggable opto-coupler with combin. foot TS 32, 35
RS EG7
Rated data
Lugs for
Conductor connection
Lugs for
socket RS EG7
21.6 Vdc
10.5 mA
230 mW
21.6 V
socket RS EG7
24 Vac/dc 20 %
8193830000
8193830000
26.4 Vdc
12.0 mA
Input voltage
24 Vdc
11.2 mA
270 mW
dc: 5.5 mA
ac: 6 mA
Input current
dc: 132 mW ac: 145 mW
Input power
320 mW
19.2 V
Relaibly switched on
Reliably switched off
Status indicator
2.4 V
2 V
LED green, yellow, red
LED green
present
-
Reverse polarity protection
Switch-on delay
12 ms
typ. 10 µs
typ. 45 µs
17 ms
Switch-off delay
100 Hz (resistive load/2 A/ Switching ratio 1 : 2)
Max. Switching frequency
100 Hz (resistive load/4 A/ Switching ratio 1 : 2)
24 Vdc 30 %
Output supply voltage
Switching current
21.6…26.4 Vdc
4 A
2 A
≤ 0.2 V, short-circuit proof and overload proof
Voltage drop at max. load current
Status indicator:
≤ 0.2 V, not short-circuit proof and not overload proof
output set
Green LED
output set
normal function, 500 mA...2 A
output set, no activity, < 500 mA
output set, short-circuit
output not set
normal function
Yellow LED
Red LED
LED off
- 25…+ 60 °C
Storage temperature
- 25…+ 60 °C
Operating temperature
0…+ 40 °C
0…+ 50 °C
- rowed on mounting rail without clearances
- rowed with clearances
Insulation coordination to EN 50 178
Reliable separation
0…+ 40 °C
0…+ 50 °C
according to DIN VDE 0884
-
III
2
Overvoltage category
III
2
Pollution severity
Page 304
Accessories, dimensions and connection data see
Page 304
131
Opto-coupler in component housing EG7
Opto-couplers
EGO EG 7
OST EG 7
RS EG 7
– With combination foot for TS 15, TS 32 or TS 35
– Pluggable on socket RS EG 7 with combination foot
TS 32, 35
– Overall width 10 mm
– Reliable separation according to DIN VDE 0884
OST EG 7
RS EG 7
EGO EG 7
5 V–
12 V0
24 V0
48 V0
Schematic circuit diagram
Ordering data
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Best.-EGO
Type
Cat. No.
Combination foot for TS 15, TS 32, TS 35
EGO EG7
8092490000
EGO EG7
8092510000
EGO EG7
8092530000
EGO EG7
8092550000
Plug-in opto-coupler, without engagement socket
Engage. socket for opto-coupler with combin. foot TS 32, 35
Rated data
OST EG7
RS EG7
8234560000
8193830000
OST EG7
RS EG7
8234570000
8193830000
OST EG7
RS EG7
8234580000
8193830000
OST EG7
RS EG7
8234590000
8193830000
Input voltage
5 V– 20 ꢀ
12 V0 20 ꢀ
24 V0 20 ꢀ
48 V0 20 ꢀ
Switch-on current
12 V/4.5 mA for max. 10 ms
6.5 V–
12 V/4.5 mA for max. 10 ms
15.5 V–
12 V/4.5 mA for max. 10 ms
31.5 V–
Making threshold,typical
3 V–
–
7.5 V~
16.5 V~
45 V~
Rated input current DC
Rated input current AC
Rated input consumption
Output supply voltage
Output current
6.8 mA
–
3 mA
2.8 mA
2.8 mA
33.5 mA
3.4 mA
3.2 mA
40 mW/50 mVA
5…48 V–
70 mW/90 mVA
5…48 V–
135 mW/155 mVA
5…48 V–
5…48 V–
100 mA
300 mA
100 mA
100 mA
100 mA
Max. output current
300 mA
300 mA
300 mA
Switch-on time (first time)
Switch-off time
6 ms for U = 5 V–
6 ms for U = 12 V–
5 ms for U = 24 V–
5 ms for U = 48 V–
N
N
N
N
12 ms for U = 5 V–
N
12 ms for U = 12 V–
N
15 ms for U = 24 V–
N
15 ms for U = 48 V–
N
Switching frequency
15 Hzdc
15 Hzdc
15 Hzdc
15 Hzdc
Storage temperature
Ambient temperature
Connection
–40…+60 °C
–25…+60 °C
–40…+60 °C
–25…+60 °C
–40…+60 °C
–25…+60 °C
–40…+60 °C
–25…+60 °C
Insulation coordination to EN 50 178
Protective separation
acc. to DIN VDE 0884
acc. to DIN VDE 0884
acc. to DIN VDE 0884
acc. to DIN VDE 0884
Clearances and creepage distances
Rated impulse voltage
≥ 5.5 mm
≥ 5.5 mm
≥ 5.5 mm
≥ 5.5 mm
6 kV
III
6 kV
III
6 kV
III
6 kV
III
Overvoltage category
Pollution severity
2
2
2
2
Accessories
Type
Cat. No.
1650330000
Type
Cat. No.
1650330000
Type
Cat. No.
1650330000
Type
Cat. No.
1650330000
Cross connection comb 16-pole
QB 16/10.16
QB 16/10.16
QB 16/10.16
QB 16/10.16
Further accesories, dimensions and connection data see
Page 304
Page 304
Page 304
Page 304
132
Opto-coupler in component housing EG7
EGO EG 7
Opto-couplers
EGO EG 7 RC/
for long control cables OST EG 7 RC
– with combination foot for
TS 15, TS 32 or TS 35
– plugs onto locking socket
RS EG 7 with combination
TS 32, 35
OST EG 7 RC
– overall width 10 mm
– protective separation
acc. to DIN VDE 0884
– RC-input for suppressing
noise signals
– reliable switching perfor-
mance by interference on
the control side
RS EG 7 RC
EGO EG 7
115 V0
230 V9
230 Vdc
115 V0
230 V9
Schematic circuit diagram
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Ordering data
EGO EG7
8092570000
EGO EG7
8092590000
Combination foot for
TS 15, TS 32, TS 35
Pluggable opto-coupler, without
locking socket
EGO EG7
OST EG7
8397420000
8315590000
EGO EG7
OST EG7
8387580000
8394990000
OST EG7
RS EG7
8234600000
8193830000
OST EG7
RS EG7
8234610000
8193830000
OST EG7
8621190000
Locking socket for pluggable
opto-coupler with combin. foot
TS 32, 35
RS EG7
8193830000
RS EG7
8193830000
115 V0 20 ꢀ
230 V~ 20 ꢀ
230 Vdc 20 ꢀ
115 V/90 mA for 5 ms
70 V–
230 V/110 mA for 2 ms
230 V~ /110 mA for 2 ms
Rated data
115 V0 20 ꢀ
115 V/90 mA for 5 ms
70 V–
230 V~ 20 ꢀ
140 V~
–
140 V~ (for testing only)
Input voltage
230 V/110 mA for 2 ms
72 V~
–
Switch-on current
140 V~
3.3 mA
3.8 mA
–
1.8 mA
–
Making threshold,typ,
72 V~
–
5.5 mA
3.3 mA
14 mA/110 mA (2 ms)
–
400 mW/500 mVA
5…48 V–
100 mA
836 mVA
5…48 V–
100 mA
300 mA
Rated input current DC
Rated input current AC
Rated input consumption
Output supply voltage
Output current
9 mA/90 mA (5 ms)
400 mW/500 mVA
5…48 V–
836 mVA
5…48 V–
100 mA
100 mA
300 mA
300 mA
100 mA
300 mA
300 mA
5 ms for U = 115 V–
5 ms for U = 230 V–
Max. output current
Switch-on time
N
N
18 ms for U = 115 V–
N
18 ms for U = 230 V–
N
9 ms for U = 115 V–
N
15 ms for U = 230 V–
N
15 Hzdc
12 Hz
(first time)
25 ms for U = 115 V–
N
15 ms for U = 230 V–
N
Switch-off time
12 Hzdc
12 Hz
–40…+60 °C
–25…+60 °C
–40…+60 °C
–25…+60 °C
–40…+60 °C
Switching frequency
–25…+60 °C
–40…+60 °C
–40…+60 °C
–25…+60 °C
Screw connection
Storage temperature
Ambient temperature
Insulation coordination to
Reliable separation
2
–25…+60 °C
0.5…1.5mm , AWG 22…16
EN 50 178
acc. to DIN VDE 0884
acc. to DIN VDE 0884
acc. to DIN VDE 0884
acc. to DIN VDE 0884
acc. to DIN VDE 0884
≥ 5.5 mm
≥ 5.5 mm
≥ 5.5 mm
≥ 5.5 mm
≥ 5.5 mm
Clearances / creepage distances
Rated impulse voltage
Overvoltage category
Pollution severity
6 kV
III
6 kV
III
6 kV
III
6 kV
III
6 kV
III
2
2
2
2
2
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
1650330000
Type
Cat. No.
1650330000
Type
Cat. No.
Accessories
QB 16/10.16 1650330000
QB 16/10.16
1650330000
QB 16/10.16
QB 16/10.16
QB 16/10.16
1650330000
Cross connec. comb 16-pole
Page 304
Page 304
Page 304
Futher Accessories, dimensions
and connection data see
Page 304
Page 304
133
Solid State relay on locking socket PLUGSERIES
DC version
AC version
Complete module
Type/Version
Cat. No.
Type/Version
Cat. No.
Screw connection
POS 24Vdc/24Vdc 2.5A
POS 24Vdc/230Vac 2A
POS 24Vdc/24Vuc 1A
POS 24Vdc/24Vdc 5A
POS 24Vdc/230Vac 4A
Screw connection
POS 24Vac/24Vdc 2.5A
POS 24Vac/24Vdc 5A
POS 24Vac/230Vac 4A
8610840000
8610860000
8610890000
8610900000
8610910000
8615600000
8615620000
8615590000
Tension clamp connection
POZ 24Vdc/24Vdc 2.5A
POZ 24Vdc/230Vac 2A
POZ 24Vdc/24Vuc 1A
POZ 24Vdc/24Vdc 5A
POZ 24Vdc/230Vac 4A
Tension clamp connection
POZ 24Vac/24Vdc 2.5A
POZ 24Vac/24Vdc 5A
8610920000
8610930000
8610960000
8610970000
8610980000
8615640000
8615650000
8615630000
POZ 24Vac/230Vac 4A
Dimensions
Accessories
SSR Standard
29
12,7
Ordering data
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
ꢀ Compact dimensions
(29 x 25.4 x 12.7)
SSR 24 VUC/24VDC 5A
8576350000
SSR 24 VUC/230VAC 4A
8576360000
ꢀ Combines with PLUGSERIES socket
PXS / PXZ,
LED indicator PLED and PRC holding
clamp to a complete functioning unit.
Technical data
DC Version
AC Version
Input (typical values at 20 °C)
Input voltage min. AC/DC
Input voltage max. AC/DC
Input current min. AC/DC
Input current max. AC/DC
Drop-out voltage AC/DC
Resistance
15 V
15 V
ꢀ Fully compatible with electromechanical
relays in standard design
30 V
30 V
6.1 mA
12 mA
2.5 V
6.1 mA
12 mA
2.5 V
ꢀ Control voltage 24 VAC / DC
2.100 Ω
2.100 Ω
ꢀ Rated switching current 24 VDC, 24
VAC/DC, or 230 VAC
Output
max. switching current DC
max. switching current AC
5 A
ꢀ Up to 5 A continuous current
ꢀ Mounts onto PCB or socket
ꢀ High mounting density possible
3 A (4 A at 20 °C)
50 mA
min. switching current DC
min. switching current AC
1 mA
24 V
Rated switching voltage DC
Rated switching voltage AC
230 V ~
DC version
Switch voltage range DC
Switch voltage range AC
0...30 V
0.3 V
2 ms
18 ms
12...275 V
1.1 V
21
14
A1
A2
max. forward anode voltage at max. switching current DC
max. forward anode voltage at max. switching current AC
*
load
max. switch-on time DC
* Free-wheel diode for
inductive loads
max. switch-on time AC (50 Hz)
12 ms
max. switch-off time DC
AC version
max. switch-off time AC (50 Hz)
20 ms
12-275 VAC
L1
N
Insulation
Test voltage control circuit - switching circuit DC
Test voltage control circuit - switching circuit AC
2.5 kV
eff
4 kV
eff
21
14 Load
A1
A2
Further data
Operating temperature range
-40 °C…+50 °C
approx.18 g
-40 °C…+50 °C
approx.18 g
Weight
Approvals
cUL, UL recognized
SPD07505
cUL, UL recognized
SPA07420
Celduc
Further accessories, dimensions and connection data
see page 83
see page 83
134
Solid State relay on locking socket PLUGSERIES
Dimensions
Accessories
SSR / RT
29
12,7
Ordering data
Type
Cat. No.
Type
SSR 24 VUC/230VAC 2A
8576370000
Cat. No.
Type
SSR 24 VUC/24VUC 1A
8576380000
Cat. No.
ꢀ Compact dimensions
(29 x 15.7 x 12.7)
SSR 24 VUC/24VDC 2.5A
8576340000
ꢀ Combines with PLUGSERIES socket
PXS / PXZ,
LED indicator PLED and PRC holding
clamp to a complete functioning unit.
Technical data
DC Version
AC Version
AC/DC Version
Input
(typical values at 20 °C)
Input voltage min. AC/DC
Input voltage max. AC/DC
Input current min. AC/DC
Input current max. AC/DC
Drop-out voltage AC/DC
Resistancs
15 V
15 V
15 V
30 V
30 V
30 V
ꢀ Fully compatible with standard elec-
tromechanical relays RT
6.1 mA
12 mA
2.5 V
6.1 mA
12 mA
2.5 V
6.1 mA
12 mA
2.5 V
ꢀ Control voltage 24 VAC / DC
2.100 Ω
2.100 Ω
2.100 Ω
ꢀ Rated switching current 24 VDC, 24
Output
VAC/DC, or 230 VAC
max. switching current DC
max. switching current AC
max. switching current AC/DC
2.5 A
2A
ꢀ Up to 5 A continuous current
ꢀ Mounts onto PCB or socket
ꢀ High mounting density possible
1A
min. switching current DC
min. switching current AC
min. switching current AC/DC
1mA
50mA
230 V
12...275 V
1mA
Rated switching voltage DC
Rated switching voltage AC
Rated switching voltage AC/DC
24 V
24 V
AC version
12-275 VAC
L1
N
Switch voltage range DC
Switch voltage range AC
Switch voltage range AC/DC
0...30 V
0...30 V
21
A1
A2
Load
14
max. forward anode voltage at
max. switching current DC
max. forward anode voltage at
max. switching current AC
0.5 V
1 V
max. forward anode voltage at
max. switching current AC/DC
0.9 V
5 ms
DC version
max. switch-on time DC
2 ms
max. switch-on time AC (50 Hz)
max. switch-on time AC/DC (50 Hz)
12 ms
20 ms
21
14
A1
A2
*
Load
max. switch-off time DC
18 ms
* Free-wheel diode
for inductive loads
max. switch-off time AC (50 Hz)
max. switch-off time AC/DC (50 Hz)
12 ms
Insulation
Test voltage control circuit -
switching circuit DC
AC/DC version
2.5 kV
eff
Test voltage control circuit -
switching circuit AC
max. 30 VAC/DC
L1
N
4 kV
eff
Test voltage control circuit -
switching circuit AC/DC
4 kV
eff
A1
A2
21
STN
Load
Further data
14
Operating temperature range
Weight
-40 °C…+50 °C
approx.11 g
-40 °C…+50 °C
approx.11 g
-40 °C…+50 °C
approx.11 g
Approvals
cUL, UL recognized
STD07205
cUL, UL recognized
STA07220
cUL, UL recognized
STN07105
Celduc
Further accessories, dimen-
sions and connection data
see page 83
see page 83
see page 83
135
Opto-coupler on locking socket profile RS 40
Opto-couplers
for signal input
RS 40
Rated data
2
Input voltage
5 V– )
12 V0 10 ꢀ
0.25 W
24 V– 10 ꢀ
24 V0 10 ꢀ
0.34 W
48 V0 10 ꢀ
0.55 W
115 V0, +5ꢀ-15ꢀ 230 V~, +5ꢀ-15ꢀ
0.33 W
Rated consumption – (W)
Rated consumption ~ (VA)
0.045 W
0.51 W
0.32 VA
0.5 VA
0.65 VA
0.65 VA
0.52 VA
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Output supply voltage
Voltage drop at max. load current
Output current
5…48 V– )
< 0.9 V
5…48 V– )
5…48 V– )
5…48 V– )
5…48 V– )
5…48 V– )
< 1.5 V
5…48 V– )
< 1.5 V
< 1.6 V
100 mA
< 0.9 V
20 mA
< 1.6 V
100 mA
< 1.6 V
100 mA
20 mA
100 mA
100 mA
Derating curve
a = rowed on mounting rail without clearances
b = rowed with clearances ≥ 20 mm
20 or
100
20 or 100
Continuous
current
Ambient temperature
Pulse duration, limiting overload current (not periodic)
0.2 A/10 ms
0.8 A/10 ms
0.2 A/10 ms
0.8 A/10 ms
0.8 A/10 ms
0.8 A/10 ms
0.8 A/10 ms
Sperrstrom (Ruhestrom), max. at U = 48 V
Switch-on time (cyclic operation)
Switch-off time (cyclic operation)
Max. switching frequency DC voltage
Max. switching frequency AC voltage
Switching ratio
0.16 mA
≤ 12 µs
≤ 15 µs
3 kHz
0.16 mA
≤ 6 ms
0.16 mA
≤ 30 µs
≤ 60 µs
3 kHz
0.16 mA
≤ 2 ms
≤ 15 ms
20 Hz
0.16 mA
≤ 5 ms
0.16 mA
≤ 10 ms
≤ 23 ms
10 Hz
0.16 mA
≤ 6 ms
≤ 13 ms
20 Hz
≤ 20 ms
< 20 Hz
< 10 Hz
10 Hz 1 : 1
≤ 18 ms
< 10 Hz
10 Hz 1 : 2
1 : 2
1 : 2
10 Hz 1 : 1
10 Hz 1 : 1
10 Hz 1 : 1
Insulation coordination to EN 50 178
Rated voltage
300 V
300 V
300 V
300 V
300 V
300 V
300 V
Rated impulse voltage
Overvoltage category
Pollution severity
6 kV
6 kV
6 kV
6 kV
6 kV
6 kV
6 kV
IV
IV
IV
III
IV
IV
IV
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Clearances and creepage distances
Opto-coupler
≥ 5.5 mm
according to
DIN VDE 0884
according to
DIN VDE 0884
≥ 5.5 mm
according to
DIN VDE 0884
according to
DIN VDE 0884
≥ 5.5 mm
according to
DIN VDE 0884
according to
DIN VDE 0884
≥ 5.5 mm
according to
DIN VDE 0884
according to
DIN VDE 0884
≥ 5.5 mm
according to
DIN VDE 0884
according to
DIN VDE 0884
≥ 5.5 mm
according to
DIN VDE 0884
according to
DIN VDE 0884
≥ 5.5 mm
according to
DIN VDE 0884
according to
DIN VDE 0884
Test voltage (corresponds 100% module test)
non-destructive non-destructive non-destructive non-destructive non-destructive non-destructive non-destructive
test 1 kV test 1 kV test 1 kV test 1 kV test 1 kV test 1 kV test 1 kV
acc. to IEC 801-4 acc. to IEC 801-4 acc. to IEC 801-4 acc. to IEC 801-4 acc. to IEC 801-4 acc. to IEC 801-4 acc. to IEC 801-4
severity 4 severity 4 severity 4 severity 4 severity 4 severity 4 severity 4
Module is immune to interference
Insulation voltage
Input – output/mounting rail
4 kV~ 1 min.
eff
4 kV~ 1 min.
eff
Storage temperature
–40 °C…+85 °C
–40 °C…+70 °C
Ambient temperature
–, rowed on mounting rail without clearances
–, rowed with clearances ≥ 20 mm
–25 °C…+60 °C
–25 °C…+60 °C
–25 °C…+40 °C
–25 °C…+45 °C
1
) Not TTL-compatible
2
) Conditionally level-compatible
136
Opto-coupler on locking socket profile RS 40
RS 40
Ordering data
Connection method
Input
Function
Screw
Disconnect plug with
screw connection (BL/SL)
1161560000
voltage
indicator
connection (GSE)
1118861001
2
5 V )
Yellow LED
12 V0
24 V–
Green LED
Yellow LED
1118761001
1160961001
1161660000
1161760000
1
1177860000 )
24 V0
48 V0
115 V0
230 V~
230 V~
Yellow LED
Green LED
1117461001
8065031001
1119460000
1161860000
1161960000
1162060000
8182690000
Green LED
Green LED
Green LED
Red LED
1161061001
1161161001
1161461001
Connection data
Insulation stripping length
Conductor cross-section
7 mm
6 mm
2
2
0.5…2.5 mm
0.5…1.5 mm
AWG 26…14
AWG 26…16
Dimensions
Mounting width
11.2 mm
11.2 mm
Length (perpendicular to mounting rail)
Height TS/TS 35 x 7.5
70 mm
74 mm
56 mm/51.5 mm
56 mm/51.5 mm
1
) Output 5 VTTL-compatible
2
) Conditionally level-compatible
137
Opto coupler on locking socket with multiple interface RSM
(Opto-couplers)
RSM 4 OS
4 opto-couplers
RSM 8 OS
8 opto-couplers
Note!
During operation and maintenance
please observe the relevant ESD
measures.
(ESD endangered area)
Also available as relay coupler, see page 84/85
Schematic circuit diagram
DC voltage/positive switching (joint negative)
Standard Opto coupler 5…48 Vdc / 100 mA
Opto coupler 24 Vdc / 2A
8
8
16 19/ 20/
RSM 16: 1
RSM 8: 1
RSM 4: 1
+
2
2
2
+
3
3
3
+
4
4
4
+
2
2
+
9
10
+
+
–
max.
2A
max.
2A
max.
2A
max.
2A
max.
2A
max.
2A
GND
GND
+24V
161
81+24V
11+24V
21+24V
31+24V
41+24V
GND
GND
GND
GND
84
82
164 162
14
Rated data
Input voltage
12 24
22 34
32 44
42
1)
5 V–
10 ꢀ
24 V– 10 ꢀ
24 V0 10 ꢀ
300 mW
24 V– +10 ꢀ
Rated consumption – (W)
Rated consumption ~ (VA)
60 mW
–
400 mW
–
288 mW
–
0.35 VA
1
1
1
Output operating voltage
5…48 V )
<1.6 V
0.1 A
5…48 V )
5…48 V )
24 V 10 %
≤0.4 V
Voltage drop at max. load current
Output current
<1.6 V
0.1 A
<1.6 V
0.1 A
2 A
Derating curve
a = Continous operation
b = Switching mode
Continuous
current
Ambient temperature
Pulse duration, limiting overload current (not periodic)
0.8 A/10 ms
0.8 A/10 ms
0.8 A/10 ms
12 A/10 ms
Max. reverse current (static current), at U
Switching frequency
0.16 mA
0.16 mA
0.16 mA
12 mA
100 Hz
100 Hz
20 Hz
max. 100 Hz
–40 °C…+60 °C
Storage temperature
Ambient temperature
–, rowed on mounting rail without clearances
–, rowed with clearances x 20 mm
Dimensions
–40 °C…+85 °C
–40 °C…+85 °C
–40 °C…+85 °C
–25 °C…+60 °C
–25 °C…+60 °C
–25 °C…+60 °C
–25 °C…+60 °C
–25 °C…+60 °C
–25 °C…+60 °C
–25 °C…+60 °C
–25 °C…+60 °C
Mounting width
RSM 4
75 mm
145 mm
285 mm
87 mm
75 mm
145 mm
285 mm
87 mm
75 mm
145 mm
285 mm
87 mm
75 mm
145 mm
285 mm
87 mm
RSM 8
RSM 16
Length (perpendicular to mounting rail)
1
) Not TTL-compatible
138
Opto coupler on locking socket with multiple interface RSM
RSM 16 OS
16 Opto couplers
DC/negative switching (common positive)
DC/AC voltage
Ordering data
Conn. method
Input/output
Screw/
Input
RSM 4 OS
RSM 8 OS
RSM 16 OS
Positive
Negative
Cat.
Mount. width
(mm)
75
3
4
voltage
w/o. optocoupl. 4 optocoupl.
w/o. optocoupl. 8 optocoupl.
w/o. optocoupl. 16 optocoupl.
switching )
switching )
No.
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
1123661001
1124061001
1124461001
8017581001
1123861001
1123761001
8003671001
8021391001
1124261001
8018221001
8082471001
1124661001
1125161001
1125261001
2
5 V– )
ꢀ
145
285
75
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ*
ꢀ*
75
ꢀ
ꢀ
75
ꢀ
ꢀ
145
145
145
285
285
285
75
24 V–
ꢀ
ꢀ*
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ*
ꢀ
ꢀ*
24 V0
ꢀ*
145
* equipped as standard with opto-coupler 5…48 Vdc / 100 mA
Connection data
Insulation stripping length
Conductor cross-section
Replacement opto-c.
7 mm
2
0.5…2.5 mm /AWG 26…14
Type Input voltage
Output voltage
24 V– 20 %
5…48 V–
Output current
0.1 A
Cat. No.
5
OS
OS
OS
OS
OS
OS
OS
5 V– ) 10 %
1121100000
1124800000
1121200000
1124900000
1170200000
1153200000
1121300000
5
12 V– ) 10 %
0.1 A
12 V0 10 %
5…48 V–
0.1 A
5
24 V– ) 10 %
5…48 V–
0.1 A
5
24 V– ) 10 %
24 V– +10 %
250 V~
2.0 A
5
24 V– ) 10 %
0.1 A
24 V0 10 %
5…48 V–
0.1 A
2
4
) 5 V TTL Input voltage on request
) Common positive potential, negative is switched
) Not suitable for DC/AC version
3
5
) Common negative potential, positive is switched
139
Opto coupler, locking socket for semi-conductor relays
Single and multiple RS 1 HR
socket interface-
unit
RSM 4 HR
RSM 8 HR
RSM 8 HR-100
RSM 16 HR-100
Advantages of
semiconductor relays:
• Wear-free switching
also with high switching
frequencies
• Bounce-free switching
• No electomagnetic
interferences
• High insulation-voltage
between load and
control circuit
Note!
The relevant ESD
measures are to be
observed during
commissioning and
maintenance
(ESD endangered area)
Schematic circuit diagram
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
1167061001
Ordering data
Type
Cat. No.
1167161001
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
3)
3)
3)
3)
RS 1 HR
1166961001
RSM 4 HR
RSM 8 HR
RSM 8 HR-100 1166261001
RSM 16 HR-100* 1167261001
1)
Rated data (with inpu module)
Input voltage, max.
Input current (per channel)
Max. output voltage
Output current (per channel),
max.
250 V~
25 mA
24 V0
250 V~
25 mA
24 V0
250 V~
25 mA
24 V0
250 V~
25 mA
24 V0
250 V~
25 mA
24 V0
Depending on module
Depending on module
Depending on module
Depending on module
Depending on module
1)
Rated data (with output module)
Input voltage, max.:
24 V0
24 V0
24 V0
24 V0
24 V0
Depending on module
250 V
Depending on module
250 V
Input current (per channel)
Max. output supply voltage
Max. output current
Depending on module
250 V
Depending on module
250 V
Depending on module
250 V
Depending on module
Depending on module
(per channel)
Depending on module
Depending on module
Depending on module
24 V– 10 %
24 V– 10 %
LED red
Auxilary voltage
Status indicator
Fuse
24 V– 10 %
LED red
24 V– 10 %
LED red
24 V– 10 %
LED red
LED red
5x20, 5 A quick
–40 °C…+70 °C
–25 °C…+70 °C
Dependent on semiconductor
relay used
5x20, 5 A quick
–40 °C…+70 °C
–25 °C…+70 °C
5x20, 5 A quick
–40 °C…+70 °C
–25 °C…+70 °C
5x20, 5 A quick
–40 °C…+70 °C
–25 °C…+70 °C
5x20, 5 A quick
–40 °C…+70 °C
–25 °C…+70 °C
Storage temperature
Ambient temperature
Dependent on semiconductor
relay used
Dependent on semiconductor
relay used
Dependent on semiconductor
relay used
Dependent on semiconductor
relay used
Connection data
Conductor cross-section
Screw connection
2
2
2
2
2
0.5…2.5 mm
0.5…2.5 mm
0.5…2.5 mm
0.5…2.5 mm
0.5…2.5 mm
2
–
–
–
–
Male connect. block DIN 41651 )
10-pole
15-pole
10-pole
15-pole
20-pole
25-pole
2
„Sub-D“-connection )
Dimensions
35 mm
87 mm
130 mm
87 mm
Mounting width
Length (perpendicular
(to mounting rail)
249 mm
87 mm
156 mm
109 mm
305 mm
109 mm
1
3
) The rating data depend on the used module
) on request
) Mixed placement of input and output modules is not valid.
2
140
Semi-conductor relays
Solid state relays
for signal input
and output
Input module
HRE 24
Input module HRE 115/HRE 230
AC/DC
Output module
HRA 230
Output module
HRA 60
DC/DC
DC/AC
DC/DC
Schematic circuit diagram
Zero V. switch
Amp.
Ordering data
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
HRE 24
117440000 HRE 115
1174500000
HRE 230
1174600000
HRA 230
1174100000
HRA 60
1174300000
Rated data
Input voltage
10…32 V– (process)
90…140 V0 (process)
180 V…280 V0 (process)
18…32 V– (Logic)
18…32 V– (Logic)
Input current at max. V
21.33 mA
10 mA
6.4 mA
–
–
Input resistance
Switch-on voltage
Switch-off voltage
Max. output
1.5 kΩ
14 kΩ
44 kΩ
2.2 kΩ
3 V
2.2 kΩ
3 V
–
–
–
–
–
–
1 V
1 V
1
1
1
1 2
1 2
operating voltage
Voltage drop at
max. load current
Max. output current
(Continous test)
Derating curve
18…32 V (Logic) )
18…32 V (Logic) )
18…32 V (Logic) )
24…250 V~ ) ) (process)
5…60 V~ ) ) ( process)
0.4 V
0.4 V
0.4 V
–
–
100 mA
100 mA
100 mA
3 A
3 A, resistive load
a = self-cooling
b = mounted on
2 k/W heat sink
Continuous current
Ambient temperature
Min. Load current
Leakage current in off-
condition at rated load voltage
Surge current
–
–
–
20 mA
–
max. 100 µA
max. 100 µA
max. 100 µA
6 mA
1 mA
–
–
–
75 A/20 ms
≤ 1/2 Period
≤ 1/2 Period
5 A/1 s
100 µs
750 µs
Switch-on time
5 ms
5 ms
–
20 ms
20 ms
–
20 ms
20 ms
–
Switch-off time
Input impulse
unlimited, t
100 µs
unlimited, t
100 µs
min
min
Storage temperature
Ambient temperature
–40 °C…+100 °C
–20 °C…+ 70 °C
–40 °C…+100 °C
–25 °C…+ 70 °C
–40 °C…+100 °C
–25 °C…+ 70 °C
–40 °C…+100 °C
–25 °C…+ 70 °C
–40 °C…+100 °C
–25 °C…+ 70 °C
2)
1)
For inductive loads the module must be protected with diode
or varistor.
250 V max. in connection with HR modules.
Only negative-switching when used on HR-socket!
141
Timers
142
Timers
The IT product family of electronic delay
timers from Weidmüller are the optimum
solution for industrial tasks.
Time ranges and supply voltages of
delay timer relays
The modules’ functions for 4 or 7 time can The multiple voltage ranges of the supply
be precisely selected via the rotary button. voltage allow for a wide area of use in
industry (see table).
The product family IT offers:
• Response delay (ITR)
• Wiping contact without control input
(ITWo)
Range
0.1 s - 1 s
1 s - 10 s
0.1 min - 1 min
10 h - 100 h
Voltage supply
24 VDC/24…24UVAC
Product
ITR
ITWo, ITTT
ITTw
Time
0.1s - 100h
1 min - 10 min
0.1 h - 1 h
1 h- 10 h
• Wiping contact with control input (ITWw)
• Turn-off delay without control input
(ITTo)
ITWw
ITMF, ITM
ITTo
• Turn off delay without control input
(ITTw)
0.06 s - 0.6 s
0.25 s - 2.5 s
2 s - 20 s
16 s - 160 s
24 V - 240 VAC
24 VDC
0.06 s - 160 s
• Pulse generator (ITTT)
• Multifunction (ITM)
• Multifunction (ITMF)
Designation of types:
Characteristic data of output contacts
Output of the timing relays
Limit values by resistive load
Service life of contacts by resistive load
The load in every module is switched by a
changeover relay (250 V, 8 A).
The multifunction module (ITM) switches
both changeover relays immediately or,
one changeover relay immediately and the
other changeover relay delayed.
I
= Industry
T
R
= Timer
= Response Delay
Wo = Wiping contact relay without
control input
Ww= Wiping contact relay
with control input
To = Turn -off delay without control
input
ITTo
Tw = Turn-off delay with control input
TT = Two Times
M
= Multifunction
MF = Multifunction Four
Switching capacity (kVA)
Load
ITR, ITP, ITWo, ITWw, ITTw,ITTT, ITMF
Control contact
Load
ITM
Voltage
143
Functions of the Timers
Response delay ITR timer relay
Multifunction ITM/ITMF
Function A: Response delay
Function C:
Turn-off delay with control input
As soon as the operating voltage is applied,
the preset delay period T begins.
After time period T has expired,
output R connects the load.
As soon as the operating voltage is
applied, the preset delay period T
begins. After time period T has expired,
output R connects the load.
Wiping contact timer relay without control input ITWo
As soon as the operating voltage has
been applied and control input Y1 has
been activated, output R connects the
load for an indefinite period of time.
When the control input is opened and
after the preset time period T has
expired, the output disconnects the
load.
When the operating voltage is applied,
output R connects the load immediately.
After the preset delay period T has expired,
output R disconnects the load.
Function Ac:
Response delay and turn-off delay
Wiping contact timer relay with control input ITWw
As soon as the operating voltage is applied,
a pulse (e. g. 50 ms) or a voltage is applied to control
input Y1. Output R connects the load immediately.
After the preset delay period T has expired,
output R disconnects the load.
Function D: Pulse generator
(begins in the zero position)
As soon as operating voltage has
been applied and control input Y1 has
closed, delay period T begins. After time
period T has expired, output R connects
the load (delayed response). When con-
trol input Y1 is opened, the output dis-
connects the load after the preset time
period has expired (delayed turn-off).
Turn-off delay timer relay without control input ITTo
As soon as the operating voltage has been
applied, output R simultaneously switches the
load alternately between the zero position and
operating position for the period of the preset
time T. With this function, the cycle begins at
the zero position.
As soon as the operating voltage is applied,
output R connects the load. Delay period T does
not begin until the operating voltage is switched off.
After delay period T has expired, output R
disconnects the load.
Function At:
Additive response delay
Function Di: Pulse generator
(begins in the operating position)
Turn-off delay timer relay with control input ITTw
After the operating voltage has been applied and con-
trol input Y1 has been activated, output R connects the
load for an indefinite period of time. When the control
input is opened and after the preset time period T has
expired, the output disconnects the load.
As soon as the operating voltage has
been applied and delay period T has
expired, output R connects the load. At
control input Y1 the contact break inter-
vals are accumulated (additive process).
As soon as the operating voltage is
switched off, the load at output R is dis-
connected.
As soon as the operating voltage has been
applied, output R simultaneously switches the
load alternately between the zero position and
operating position for the period of the preset
time T. With this function, the cycle
begins at the operating position.
Pulse generator ITTT
The repeat cycles starts with two individually adjustable
times after applying the supply voltage.
There is a different starting state for each delay.
Function H:
Wiping contact without control input
Function B:
Wiping contact with control input
As soon as the operating voltage is
applied, output R connects the load
immediately. After delay period T has
expired, output R disconnects the load.
As soon as the operating voltage has
been applied, a pulse (min 50 ms) or a
voltage can be applied to control input
Y1. Output R connects the load immedi-
ately. After delay period T has expired,
output R disconnects the load.
Function Ht:
Wiping contact, additive
Function Bw: Wiping function
As soon as the operating voltage is
applied, output R connects the load
immediately. At control input Y1 the
contact break intervals are accumulated
(additive process) and when the preset
delay period has expired, output R dis-
connects the load.
The operating voltage must be applied.
As soon as a voltage is applied to con-
trol input Y1, output R connects the
load for the prest time T. After time peri-
od T has expired, output R disconnects
the load. As soon as the control input is
opened, output R once more connects
the load for the duration of time period
T. After time period T has expired, out-
put R disconnects the load.
U = Operating voltage
R = Output relay or load
T = Delay
Y1 = Control input
144
Timers
Status LED
Approvals and standards
Two LED’s show the status of the mod-
ules:
This relay has a high resistance to interference. The housing material is
self-extinguishing (UL94/V0).
- green LED = supply voltage connected
Manufacturing to IEC/VDE and UL/CSA approvals permit worldwide usage.
• IEC 255 static measuring relays
- yellow LED = relay output active
(not for ITTO)
• IEC529 testers and test procedures
• IEC 664 regulations for high-voltage fuses for motor circuits
• IEC 801 EMC compatibility
Marking
Marking is done on a removable tag or on
the marking area. The function is printed
on the front of the module.
• VDE 0110 insulation coordination for low-voltage electrical equipment
• VDE 0435 relays with fixed times
Control lamp for verifying contact
A control lamp can be wired parallel to
input Y1 to show the status of control
input.
Assembly
Mount direct onto DIN TS 35 mounting
rails.
Connection technology
Dimensions IT
Clamping yoke has the following
capacities:
• 2 x 1.5 mm2 with ferrule
• 2 x 2.5 mm2 without ferrule
• 1 x 4 mm2 without ferrule
on DIN rail
on panel using M4 screws
145
Multifunctional Timers
Function A: Response delay
Function C:
Turn-off delay with control input
• Response delay
• Response delay and
turn-off delay
ITM
Multifunctional timer relay
• Additive response delay
As soon as the operating voltage is
applied, the preset delay period T
begins. After time period T has expired,
output R connects the load.
• Wiping contact with
control input
• Wiping function
• Turn-off delay with
control input
• Pulse generator
(begins in the zero position)
• Pulse generator
(begins in the operating position)
As soon as the operating voltage has
been applied and control input Y1 has
been activated, output R connects the
load for an indefinite period of time.
When the control input is opened and
after the preset time period T has
expired, the output disconnects the
load.
Function Ac:
Response delay and turn-off delay
• Wiping contact without
control input
• Wiping contact, additive
Function D: Pulse generator
(begins in the zero position)
As soon as operating voltage has
been applied and control input Y1 has
closed, delay period T begins. After time
period T has expired, output R connects
the load (delayed response). When con-
trol input Y1 is opened, the output dis-
connects the load after the preset time
period has expired (delayed turn-off).
Schematic circuit diagram
As soon as the operating voltage has been
applied, output R simultaneously switches the
load alternately between the zero position and
operating position for the period of the preset
time T. With this function, the cycle begins at
the zero position.
Function At:
Additive response delay
Function Di: Pulse generator
(begins in the operating position)
As soon as the operating voltage has
been applied and delay period T has
expired, output R connects the load. At
control input Y1 the contact break inter-
vals are accumulated (additive process).
As soon as the operating voltage is
switched off, the load at output R is dis-
connected.
As soon as the operating voltage has been
applied, output R simultaneously switches the
load alternately between the zero position and
operating position for the period of the preset
time T. With this function, the cycle
begins at the operating position.
Ordering data
Type
Cat. No.
8362550000
ITM
Contact
changeover
0.1 s - 100 h
1 s, 10 s, 1 min
1 h, 10 h, 100 h
0.5%
Time periods
Function H:
Wiping contact without control input
Repeat accuracy (const. parameter)
Accuracy of indication acc. to IEC 1812-1
Input
Function B:
Wiping contact with control input
10% (25 °C)
Input voltage
12 V…240 Vac/dc / 50...60 Hz
Voltage tolerance
85 - 110% U
N
Duty factor
100 %
As soon as the operating voltage is
applied, output R connects the load
immediately. After delay period T has
expired, output R disconnects the load.
Rated power consumption
Min pulse duration type
Max. reset time at
7 VA / 230 V~
As soon as the operating voltage has
been applied, a pulse (min 50 ms) or a
voltage can be applied to control input
Y1. Output R connects the load immedi-
ately. After delay period T has expired,
output R disconnects the load.
≥ 50 ms
voltage interruption
Protection against voltage interruption
Output
≤ 100 ms
> 10 ms
Function Ht:
Wiping contact, additive
Relay output
2 changeover
AgCdO
Contact
Contact material
Function Bw: Wiping function
6
Service life
- mechanical
- electrical
- max.
5x10 switching operations
105 switching operations at 2000 VA resistive load
Switching current
8 A0 / changeover contact
100 mA0
- min.
As soon as the operating voltage is
applied, output R connects the load
immediately. At control input Y1 the
contact break intervals are accumulated
(additive process) and when the preset
delay period has expired, output R dis-
connects the load.
Max. switching voltage
Switching current
Status indicators
Voltage applied
Relay output active
Approvals
250 V0
2000 VA / 80 W
The operating voltage must be applied.
As soon as a voltage is applied to con-
trol input Y1, output R connects the
load for the prest time T. After time peri-
od T has expired, output R disconnects
the load. As soon as the control input is
opened, output R once more connects
the load for the duration of time period
T. After time period T has expired, out-
put R disconnects the load.
green LED
yellow LED
UL / CSA
Standards
IEC 529/IEC 664/IEC 801/IEC 255
VDE 0435/VDE 0110
–30°C...+70°C
–20°C...+60°C
4 kV
Temperature
- Storage temperature
- Operating temperature
Clearance/creepage path. acc. to IEC 664/VDE 0110
Protection category IEC 529 - Terminal block
IP 20
- Front
IP 50
Mounting
DIN rail 35 mm
Category III
Installation category to IEC 664
Connection
U = Operating voltage
R = Output relay or load
T = Delay
2
- with ferrule
2 x 1.5 mm
2
2
- without ferrule
2 x 2.5 mm / 1 x 4 mm
Enclosure material
Weight, typ.
self extinguishing
110 g
Y1 = Control input
146
Timers
ITTo
ITTw
Turn-off delay timer relay without control
input
Turn-off delay timer relay with control
input
Schematic circuit diagram
Ordering data
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
ITTo
8362600000
ITTw
8362610000
Contact
Changeover
Changeover
Time periods
0.6 s -160 s
(0.06 s - 0.6 s, 0,25 s - 2.5 s,
2 s - 20 s, 16 s - 160 s)
0.5%
0.1 s -100 h
(0.1 s - 1 s, 1 s -10 s, 0.1 min - 1 min,
1 min - 10 min, 0.1 h - 1 h, 1 h - 10h)
0.5%
Repeat accuracy (const. parameter)
Anzeigegenauigkeit gemäß IEC 1812-1
Input
10% (25 °C)
10% (25 °C)
Input voltage
24 Vdc/ 24…240 Vac / 50...60 Hz
24 Vdc/ 24…240 Vac / 50...60 Hz
Voltage tolerance
85 - 110% U
85 - 115% U (110% for 240 V)
N
N
Duty factor
100 %
100 %
Rated power consumption
Min. switch-on time for the supply
0.5 W / 30 VA / 230 V~
_
0.5 W / 24 V- / 1 W / 48 V- / 2 VA / 48 V~
1.5 VA / 24 V~
12 VA / 230 V~
≥ 50 ms
Min pulse duration type
Max. reset time at voltage interruption
Protection against voltage interruption
Output
≥ 50 ms
≤ 100 ms
> 10 ms
≤ 100 ms
> 10 ms
Relay output
2 changeover
AgCdO
Relay output
1 changeover
AgCdO
Contact
Contact material
6
6
Service life
- mechanical
- electrical
- max.
5x10 switching operations
5
5x10 switching operations
5
10 switching operations at 1250 VA resistive load
10 switching operations at 2000 VA resistive load
Switching current
8 A0 / changeover contact
100 mA0
250 V0
8 A0
- min.
100 mA0
250 V0
2000 VA / 80 W
Max. switching voltage
Switching current
Status indicators
Voltage applied
Relay output active
Approvals
1250 VA / 80 W
green LED
green LED
yellow LED
UL / CSA
UL / CSA
Standards
IEC 529/IEC 664/IEC 801/IEC 255
VDE 0435/VDE 0110
–30°C...+70°C
–20°C...+60°C
4 kV / 2
IEC 529/IEC 664/IEC 801/IEC 255
VDE 0435/VDE 0110
–30°C...+70°C
–20°C...+60°C
4 kV / 2
Temperature
- Storage temperature
- Operating temperature
Clearance/creepage path. acc. to IEC 664/VDE 0110
Protection category IEC 529 - Terminal block
IP 20
IP 20
- Front
IP 50
IP 50
Mounting
DIN rail 35 mm
Category III
DIN rail 35 mm
Category III
Installation category to IEC 664
Connection
2
2
- with ferrule
2x1.5 mm
2x1.5 mm
2
2
2
2
- without ferrule
2x 2.5 mm / 1x4 mm
2x 2.5 mm / 1x4 mm
Enclosure material
Weight, typ.
self extinguishing
100 g
self extinguishing
100 g
147
Timers
ITWo
ITWw
Wiping contact timer relay without control Wiping contact timer relay with control
input
input
Schematic circuit diagram
Ordering data
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
ITWo
8362580000
ITWw
8362590000
Contact
Changeover
Changeover
Time periods
0.1 s - 100 h
0.1 s - 100 h
(0.1 - 1 s, 1 s - 10 s, 0.1 min. - 1 min.,
(0.1 - 1 s, 1 s - 10 s, 0.1 min. - 1 min.,
1 min. - 10 min., 0.1 h - 1 h, 1 h - 10 h, 100 h)
1 min. - 10 min., 0.1 h - 1 h, 1 h - 10 h, 100 h)
Repeat accuracy (const. parameter)
Accuracy of indication acc. to IEC 1812-1
Input
0.5%
0.5%
10% (25 °C)
10% (25 °C)
Input voltage
24 Vdc/ 24…240 Vac / 50...60 Hz
24 Vdc/ 24…240 Vac / 50...60 Hz
Voltage tolerance
85 - 115% U (110% for 240 V)
N
85 - 115% U (110% for 240 V)
N
Duty factor
100 %
100 %
Rated power consumption
0.5 W / 24 V-
1.5 VA / 24 V~
12 VA / 230 V~
≥ 50 ms
0.5 W / 24 V- / 1 W / 48 V- / 2 VA / 48 V~
1.5 VA / 24 V~
12 VA / 230 V~
≥ 50 ms
Min pulse duration type
Max. reset time at voltage interruption
Protection against voltage interruption
Output
≤ 100 ms
≤ 100 ms
> 10 ms
> 10 ms
Relay output
1 changeover
AgCdO
Relay output
1 changeover
AgCdO
Contact
Contact material
6
6
Service life
- mechanical
- electrical
- max.
5x10 switching operations
5
5x10 switching operations
5
10 switching operations at 2000 VA resistive load
10 switching operations at 2000 VA resistive load
Switching current
8 A0
8 A0
- min.
100 mA0
250 V0
100 mA0
250 V0
Max. switching voltage
Switching current
Status indicators
Voltage applied
Relay output active
Approvals
2000 VA / 80 W
2000 VA / 80 W
green LED
green LED
yellow LED
yellow LED
UL / CSA
UL / CSA
Standards
IEC 529/IEC 664/IEC 801/IEC 255
VDE 0435/VDE 0110
–30°C...+70°C
–20°C...+60°C
4 kV / 2
IEC 529/IEC 664/IEC 801/IEC 255
VDE 0435/VDE 0110
–30°C...+70°C
–20°C...+60°C
4 kV / 2
Temperature
- Storage temperature
- Operating temperature
Clearance/creepage path. acc. to IEC 664/VDE 0110
Protection category IEC 529 - Terminal block
IP 20
IP 20
- Front
IP 50
IP 50
Mounting
DIN rail 35 mm
Category III
DIN rail 35 mm
Category III
Installation category to IEC 664
Connection
2
2
- with ferrule
2x1.5 mm
2x1.5 mm
2
2
2
2
- without ferrule
2x 2.5 mm / 1x4 mm
2x 2.5 mm / 1x4 mm
Enclosure material
Weight, typ.
self extinguishing
100 g
self extinguishing
100 g
148
Timers
ITTT
ITMF
Pulse generator
Multifunction - timer relay
Schematic circuit diagram
Ordering data
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
ITTT
8324050000
ITMF
8287770000
Contact
Changeover
Changeover
Time periods
0.1 s - 100 h
0.1 s - 100 h
(0.1 - 1 s, 1 s - 10 s, 0.1 min. - 1 min.,
(0.1 - 1 s, 1 s - 10 s, 0.1 min. - 1 min.,
1 min. - 10 min., 0.1 h - 1 h, 1 h - 10 h, 100 h)
1 min. - 10 min., 0.1 h - 1 h, 1 h - 10 h, 100 h)
Repeat accuracy (const. parameter)
Accuracy of indication acc. to IEC 1812-1
Input
0.5%
0.5%
10% (25 °C)
10% (25 °C)
Input voltage
24 Vdc/ 24…240 Vac / 50...60 Hz
24 Vdc/ 24…240 Vac / 50...60 Hz
Voltage tolerance
85 - 115% U (110% for 240 V)
N
85 - 115% U (110% for 240 V)
N
Duty factor
100 %
100 %
Rated power consumption
0.5 W / 24 V-
1.5 VA / 24 V~
12 VA / 230 V~
≥ 50 ms
0.5 W / 24 V- / 1 W / 48 V-
1.5 VA / 24 V~ / 2 VA / 48 V~
12 VA / 230 V~
≥ 50 ms
Min pulse duration type
Max. reset time at voltage interruption
Protection against voltage interruption
Output
≤ 100 ms
≤ 100 ms
> 10 ms
> 10 ms
Relay output
1 changeover
AgCdO
Relay output
1 changeover
AgCdO
Contact
Contact material
6
6
Service life
- mechanical
- electrical
- max.
5x10 switching operations
5
5x10 switching operations
5
10 switching operations at 2000 VA resistive load
10 switching operations at 2000 VA resistive load
Switching current
8 A0
8 A0
- min.
100 mA0
250 V0
100 mA0
250 V0
Max. switching voltage
Switching current
Status indicators
Voltage applied
Relay output active
Approvals
2000 VA / 80 W
2000 VA / 80 W
green LED
green LED
yellow LED
yellow LED
UL / CSA
UL / CSA
Standards
IEC 529/IEC 664/IEC 801/IEC 255
VDE 0435/VDE 0110
–30°C...+70°C
–20°C...+60°C
4 kV / 2
IEC 529/IEC 664/IEC 801/IEC 255
VDE 0435/VDE 0110
–30°C...+70°C
–20°C...+60°C
4 kV / 2
Temperature
-
-
Storage temperature
Operating temperature
Clearance/creepage path. acc. to IEC 664/VDE 0110
Protection category IEC 529 - Terminal block
IP 20
IP 20
- Front
IP 50
IP 50
Mounting
DIN rail 35 mm
Category III
DIN rail 35 mm
Category III
Installation category to IEC 664
Connection
2
2
- with ferrule
2x1.5 mm
2x1.5 mm
2
2
2
2
- without ferrule
2x 2.5 mm / 1x4 mm
2x 2.5 mm / 1x4 mm
Enclosure material
Weight, typ.
self extinguishing
100 g
self extinguishing
100 g
149
Timers
ITR
Response delay timer relay
Schematic circuit diagram
Ordering data
Type
Cat. No.
ITR
8362570000
Contact
Changeover
Time periods
0.1 s - 100 h
(0.1 - 1 s, 1 s - 10 s, 0.1 min. - 1 min.,
1 min. - 10 min., 0.1 h - 1 h, 1 h - 10 h, 100 h)
Repeat accuracy (const. parameter)
Accuracy of indication acc. to IEC 1812-1
Input
0.5%
10% (25 °C)
Input voltage
24 Vdc/ 24…240 Vac / 50...60 Hz
Voltage tolerance
85 - 115% U (110% for 240 V)
N
Duty factor
100 %
Rated power consumption
0.5 W / 24 V-
1.5 VA / 24 V~
12 VA / 230 V~
≥ 50 ms
Min pulse duration type
Max. reset time at voltage interruption
Protection against voltage interruption
Output
≤ 100 ms
> 10 ms
Relay output
1 changeover
AgCdO
Contact
Contact material
6
Service life
- mechanical
- electrical
- max.
5x10 switching operations
5
10 switching operations at 2000 VA resistive load
Switching current
8 A0
- min.
100 mA0
250 V0
Max. switching voltage
Switching current
Status indicators
Voltage applied
Relay output active
Approvals
2000 VA / 80 W
green LED
yellow LED
UL / CSA
Standards
IEC 529/IEC 664/IEC 801/IEC 255
VDE 0435/VDE 0110
–30°C...+70°C
–20°C...+60°C
4 kV / 2
Temperature
- Storage temperature
- Operating temperature
Clearance/creepage path. acc. to IEC 664/VDE 0110
Protection category IEC 529 - Terminal block
IP 20
- Front
IP 50
Mounting
DIN rail 35 mm
Category III
Installation category to IEC 664
Connection
2
- with ferrule
2x1.5 mm
2
2
- without ferrule
2x 2.5 mm / 1x4 mm
Enclosure material
Weight, typ.
self extinguishing
100 g
150
Timers
Signal conditioning
DKZ/DKZA timer modules
• Components for extending
short pulses
• Provides PLC versions with
switch-on/off delay
• Fixed times
DKZ
DKZA
DKZ 24 Vac/dc
DKZA 24 Vac/dc
DKZA 24 Vac/dc
Schematic circuit diagram
Ordering data
For TS 32
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Y
W
DKZ 24 Vac/dc 328008130000
DKZ 24 Vac/dc 358008190000
DKZA 24 Vdc 32 8008120000
DKZA 24 Vdc 35 8008180000
DKZA 24 Vdc 32 8020990000
DKZA 24 Vdc 35 8022110000
For TS 35
Technical data
Input
Input voltage
24 Vac/dc 10 %
24 Vdc 18 %
6.7 mA 10 %
200 mA 10 %
160 mW 10 %
24 Vdc 10 %
6.7 mA 10 %
200 mA 10 %
160 mW
Input nominal current
Input current (at first-time power-up)
Input power
5.1 mAdc/6.1 mAac 10 %
130 mW 10 %/150 mVA 10 %
Switch-on delay
1s
Switch-off delay
≤ 0.7 ms
50 ms
2 ms
150 ms
2.5 ms
Min. pulse duration of input voltage
Output
Max. output voltage
5…48 Vdc
20 mA
5…48 Vdc
20 mA
5…48 Vdc
20 mA
Max. output voltage
Reverse current, max. (closed-circuit current)
Max. voltage drop at max. load current
Max. switching frequency
≤ 0,16 mA (at 48 V)
≤ 1 V
≤ 0,16 mA (at 48 V)
≤ 1.6 V
≤ 0,16 mA (at 48 V)
≤ 1.6 V
0.9 Hz
20 Hz
20 Hz
Isolation coordinates acc. to DIN VDE 0160, Draft11/94
Rated voltage
300 V
4 kV
III
300 V
4 kV
III
300 V
4 kV
III
Rated impulse voltage
Overvoltage category
Pollution severity
2
2
2
Clearance and creepage distances
Voltage proof, input/output-TS
≥4 mm
≥4 mm
≥4 mm
4 kV
4 kV
4 kV
eff
eff
eff
Operating temperature
without clearances
with clearances
-25 °C…+50 °C
-25 °C…+50 °C
-40 °C…+85 °C
6 mm
-25 °C…+50 °C
-25 °C…+50 °C
-40 °C…+85 °C
6 mm
-25 °C…+50 °C
-25 °C…+50 °C
-40 °C…+85 °C
6 mm
Storage temperature
Total width
Conductor
AWG 22…12
AWG 22…12
AWG 22…12
2
2
2
Conductor cross-section
Reverse polarity protection
0.5…4 mm
0.5…4 mm
0.5…4 mm
ja
ja
ja
Accessories
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
End plate
AP DKT4
0687560000
AP DKT4
0687560000
AP DKT4
0687560000
Dimensions see
Page 305
Page 305
Page 305
151
Timers
Pulse conditioning
DKZ/DKZA timer modules
DKZ
DKZA
DKZ DK5
DKZ DK5
DKZ DK5
Schematic circuit diagram
Ordering data
For TS 32
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
For TS 35
With combi foot TS32/TS 35
Technical data
Input
DKZ DK5
8228680000
DKZ DK5
8243780000
DKZ DK5
8019650000
Supply voltage
Supply current
Control voltage
Control input current
24 Vdc 20 %
ca. 12 mA
24 Vdc 20 %
ca. 12 mA
24 Vdc 20 %
ca. 12 mA
Output
Output voltage
5…48 Vdc
100 mA
≤ 1.6 V
5…48 Vdc
100 mA
≤ 1.6 V
5…48 Vdc
100 mA
≤ 1.6 V
Max. output current
Internal voltage drop
Range of switch-on delay
10…100 ms (adjustable)
100 ms…1 s (adjustable)
1…100 s (adjustable)
Isolation coordinates acc. to DIN VDE 0160, Draft11/94
Rated voltage
300 V
300 V
6 kV
IV
300 V
6 kV
IV
Rated impulse voltage
6 kV
Overvoltage category
IV
Pollution severity
2
2
2
Clearance and creepage distances
Voltage proof, input/output-TS
≥ 5.5 mm
≥ 5.5 mm
≥ 5.5 mm
4 kV
4 kV
4 kV
eff
eff
eff
Operating temperature
without clearances
with clearances
-25 °C…+40 °C
-25 °C…+50 °C
-40 °C…+85 °C
6 mm
-25 °C…+40 °C
-25 °C…+50 °C
-40 °C…+85 °C
6 mm
-25 °C…+40 °C
-25 °C…+50 °C
-40 °C…+85 °C
6 mm
Storage temperature
Total width
Conductor
AWG 22…12
AWG 22…12
AWG 22…12
2
2
2
Conductor cross-section
0.5…4 mm
0.5…4 mm
0.5…4 mm
Accessories
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
End plate
AP DK5
8268870000
AP DK5
8268870000
AP DK5
8268870000
Dimensions see
Page 305
Page 305
Page 305
152
Timers
Signal conditioning
DKZA timer modules
• Components for extending short pulses
• Provides PLC versions with switch-on/off
delay
• Fixed times
DKZA DK5
DKA DK5
DKZA DK5
Schematic circuit diagram
Ordering data
For TS 32
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
For TS 35
With combi foot TS 32/TS 35
Technical data
Input:
DKZA DK5
8228690000
DKZA DK5
8243770000
DKZA DK5
8019630000
Supply voltage
24 Vdc 20 %
ca. 11 mA
24 Vdc 20 %
ca. 0.5 mA
2 ms
24 Vdc 20 %
ca. 11 mA
24 Vdc 20 %
ca. 0.5 mA
2 ms
24 Vdc 20 %
ca. 11 mA
24 Vdc 20 %
ca. 0.5 mA
2 ms
Supply current
Control voltage
Control input curren
Min. pulse duration of input voltage
Output:
Output voltage
5…48 Vdc
100 mA
≤ 1.6 V
5…48 Vdc
100 mA
≤ 1.6 V
5…48 Vdc
100 mA
≤ 1.6 V
Max. output current
Internal voltage drop
Range of switch-off delay
10…100 ms (adjustable)
100 ms…1s (adjustable)
1…100 s (adjustable)
Isolation coordinates acc. to DIN VDE 0160, Draft11/94
Rated voltage
300 V
300 V
300 V
Rated impulse voltage
6 kV
4 kV
IV
4 kV
IV
eff
eff
Overvoltage category
IV
Pollution severity
2
2
2
Clearance and creepage distances
Voltage proof input/output-TS
Storage temperature
≥ 5.5 mm
≥ 5.5 mm
6 kV
≥ 5.5 mm
6 kV
4 kV
eff
-25 °C…+40 °C
-25 °C…+50 °C
-40 °C…+85 °C
6 mm
-40…+85 °C
-25…+40 °C
-25…+50 °C
6 mm
-40…+85 °C
-25…+40 °C
-25…+50 °C
6 mm
Operating temperature
without clearances
with clearances
Total width
Conductor
AWG 22…12
AWG 22…12
AWG 22…12
2
2
2
Conductor cross-section
0.5…4 mm
0.5…4 mm
0.5…4 mm
Accessories
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
End plate
AP DK5
8268870000
AP DK5
8268870000
AP DK5
8268870000
Dimensions see
Page 305
Page 305
Page 305
153
Timers
Turn off delay module MCZ TO
MCZ TO 24 Vdc turn-off delay 50 ms
MCZ TO 24 Vdc turn-off delay 150 ms
tv = var
The timer module can be used for extending
short pulses and fixed times. Provides PLC ver-
sions with switch off delay.
Schematic circuit diagram
Ordering data
Type
Cat. No.
Type
Cat. No.
For TS 35
MCZ TO 24 Vdc turn-off delay 50 ms
8324590000
MCZ TO 24 Vdc turn-off delay 150 ms
8286410000
Technical data
Input
Input voltage
24 Vdc 10 %
2 ms
24 Vdc 10 %
2.5 ms
Min. pulse duration
Power consupmtion
Input power
6.7 mA 10 %
160 mW
6.7 mA 10 %
160 mW
Power consumption when pulse applied
200 mA
200 mA
Output
5…48 Vdc
20 mA
Output voltage
5…48 Vdc
20 mA
Max. output current
≤ 1.6 V
Max. voltage drop at max. load
Impulse loading/limiting overload current
Reverse current at 48 V (static current)
Switch-off delay
≤ 1.6 V
200 mA
max. 0,16 mA
150 ms
200 mA
max. 0,16 mA
50 ms
5 Hz
Switching frequency dc
20 Hz
Insulation coordination/safe disconnection to EN 50178
Rated voltage
300 V
300 V
Rated impulse voltage
6 kV
6 kV
Overvoltage category
III
III
Pollution severity
2
2
Clearance and creepage distances
Voltage proof, input/output mounting rail
≥ 5.5 mm
≥ 5.5 mm
4 kVeff / 1 min
4 kV / 1 min
eff
Opto coupler
to VDE 0884
to VDE 0884
Ambient temperature
Storage temperature
Conductor
-25 °C…+50 °C
-40 °C…+85 °C
AWG 22…12
-25 °C…+50 °C
-40 °C…+85 °C
AWG 22…12
2
2
Conductor cross-section
Approvals
1.5 mm
1.5 mm
CE, UL, CSA
6 mm
CE, UL, CSA
6 mm
Total width
154
155
相关型号:
![](http://pdffile.icpdf.com/pdf1/p00138/img/page/0536270274_762955_files/0536270274_762955_1.jpg)
![](http://pdffile.icpdf.com/pdf1/p00138/img/page/0536270274_762955_files/0536270274_762955_2.jpg)
0536270274
0.635mm (.025") Pitch SlimStack™ Header, Surface Mount, Dual Row, VerticalStacking, 10.00 and 16.00mm (.394 and .630") Stacking Heights, Lead-free, 20
MOLEX
![](http://pdffile.icpdf.com/pdf1/p00138/img/page/0536270874_762954_files/0536270874_762954_1.jpg)
![](http://pdffile.icpdf.com/pdf1/p00138/img/page/0536270874_762954_files/0536270874_762954_2.jpg)
0536270374
0.635mm (.025") Pitch SlimStack™ Header, Surface Mount, Dual Row, VerticalStacking, 10.00 and 16.00mm (.394 and .630") Stacking Heights, Lead-free, 30Circuits, with Embossed Tape with Cover Packaging
MOLEX
![](http://pdffile.icpdf.com/pdf1/p00138/img/page/0536270274_762955_files/0536270274_762955_1.jpg)
![](http://pdffile.icpdf.com/pdf1/p00138/img/page/0536270274_762955_files/0536270274_762955_2.jpg)
0536270474
0.635mm (.025") Pitch SlimStack™ Header, Surface Mount, Dual Row, VerticaStacking, 10.00 and 16.00mm (.394 and .630") Stacking Heights, Lead-free, 40Circuits, with Embossed Tape with Cover Packaging
MOLEX
![](http://pdffile.icpdf.com/pdf1/p00138/img/page/0536270574_762953_files/0536270574_762953_1.jpg)
![](http://pdffile.icpdf.com/pdf1/p00138/img/page/0536270574_762953_files/0536270574_762953_2.jpg)
0536270574
3.30mm (.130") Pitch Wire-to-Wire Plug Housing, Positive Lock, Single Row, 4 Circuits, White
MOLEX
![](http://pdffile.icpdf.com/pdf1/p00138/img/page/0536270674_762956_files/0536270674_762956_1.jpg)
![](http://pdffile.icpdf.com/pdf1/p00138/img/page/0536270674_762956_files/0536270674_762956_2.jpg)
0536270674
0.635mm (.025") Pitch SlimStack™ Header, Surface Mount, Dual Row, VerticalStacking, 10.00 and 16.00mm (.394 and .630") Stacking Heights, Lead-free, 60Circuits, with Embossed Tape with Cover Packaging
MOLEX
![](http://pdffile.icpdf.com/pdf1/p00138/img/page/0536270674_762956_files/0536270674_762956_1.jpg)
![](http://pdffile.icpdf.com/pdf1/p00138/img/page/0536270674_762956_files/0536270674_762956_2.jpg)
0536270774
0.635mm (.025") Pitch SlimStack™ Header, Surface Mount, Dual Row, Vertical Stacking, 10.00 and 16.00mm (.394 and .630") Stacking Heights, Lead-free, 70Circuits, with Embossed Tape with Cover Packaging
MOLEX
![](http://pdffile.icpdf.com/pdf1/p00138/img/page/0536270874_762954_files/0536270874_762954_1.jpg)
![](http://pdffile.icpdf.com/pdf1/p00138/img/page/0536270874_762954_files/0536270874_762954_2.jpg)
0536270874
0.635mm (.025") Pitch SlimStack™ Header, Surface Mount, Dual Row, VerticalStacking, 10.00 and 16.00mm (.394 and .630") Stacking Heights, Lead-free, 80Circuits, with Embossed Tape with Cover Packaging
MOLEX
![](http://pdffile.icpdf.com/pdf1/p00138/img/page/0536270274_762955_files/0536270274_762955_1.jpg)
![](http://pdffile.icpdf.com/pdf1/p00138/img/page/0536270274_762955_files/0536270274_762955_2.jpg)
0536270974
0.635mm (.025") Pitch SlimStack™ Header, Surface Mount, Dual Row, VerticalStacking, 10.00 and 16.00mm (.394 and .630") Stacking Heights, Lead-free, 90Circuits, with Embossed Tape with Cover Packaging
MOLEX
![](http://pdffile.icpdf.com/pdf1/p00138/img/page/0536270874_762954_files/0536270874_762954_1.jpg)
![](http://pdffile.icpdf.com/pdf1/p00138/img/page/0536270874_762954_files/0536270874_762954_2.jpg)
0536271074
0.635mm (.025") Pitch SlimStack™ Header, Surface Mount, Dual Row, VerticalStacking, 10.00 and 16.00mm (.394 and .630") Stacking Heights, Lead-free, 100Circuits, with Embossed Tape with Cover Packaging
MOLEX
![](http://pdffile.icpdf.com/pdf1/p00138/img/page/0536270674_762956_files/0536270674_762956_1.jpg)
![](http://pdffile.icpdf.com/pdf1/p00138/img/page/0536270674_762956_files/0536270674_762956_2.jpg)
0536271274
0.635mm (.025") Pitch SlimStack™ Header, Surface Mount, Dual Row, VerticalStacking, 10.00 and 16.00mm (.394 and .630") Stacking Heights, Lead-free, 120Circuits, with Embossed Tape with Cover Packaging
MOLEX
![](http://pdffile.icpdf.com/pdf1/p00138/img/page/0536271474_762957_files/0536271474_762957_1.jpg)
![](http://pdffile.icpdf.com/pdf1/p00138/img/page/0536271474_762957_files/0536271474_762957_2.jpg)
0536271474
0.635mm (.025") Pitch SlimStack™ Header, Surface Mount, Dual Row, VerticalStacking, 10.00 and 16.00mm (.394 and .630") Stacking Heights, Lead-free, 140Circuits, with Embossed Tape with Cover Packaging
MOLEX
©2020 ICPDF网 联系我们和版权申明